HIGH SCHOOL CLASS CATALOG

Effective for 2013-2014

KLEIN INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

Klein, Texas

The contents of this handbook reflect procedures and decisions as of 12/13/2012.

December 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS ……………………………………………………………………1-6Bible Literacy ……………………………………………………………………………………… 6ENGLISH FOR SPEAKERS OF OTHER LANGUAGES …………………………………………7

READING…………………………………………………………………………………………… 8-10Creative and Imaginative Writing …………………………………………………………………… 10Practical Writing Skills ……………………………………………………………………………… 10Communication Applications ……………………………………………………………………… 11Public Speaking ……………………………………………………………………………………… 11Oral Interpretation …………………………………………………………………………………… 11Debate………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12-13Journalism ……………………………………………………………………………………………13-14Advanced Journalism: Yearbook ……………………………………………………………………14Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production ………………………………………………………15Photojournalism ………………………………………………………………………………………16Independent Study/Journalism ………………………………………………………………………16

LANGUAGES OTHER THAN ENGLISH/FOREIGN LANGUAGE …………………………… 17-27

MATHEMATICS …………………………………………………………………………………… 28-36Independent Study: Advanced Mathematical Decision Make ………………………………………34Independent Study: Dual Credit College Algebra …………..………………………………………35Math Improvement ………………………………………………………………………………… 35ESL in the Content Area ……………………………………………………………………………36English Language Learners ………………………………………………………………………… 36

SCIENCE …………………………………………………………………………………………… 37-46

SOCIAL STUDIES ………………………………………………………………………………… 47-54Psychology …………………………………………………………………………………………… 52Sociology …………………………………………………………………………………………… 53Special Topics in Social Studies ……………………………………………………………………53AP European History …………………………………………………………………………………54

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME ……………………………………… 55-67

TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS …………………………………………………………………68-76

HEALTH …………………………………………………………………………………………… 77-78

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ………………………………………………………………………… 79-80

SPORTS MEDICINE ……………………………………………………………………………… 81

FINE ARTS …………………………………………………………………………………………82-95

ELECTIVES …………………………………………………………………………………………96-97Peer Assistance and Leadership for Future Teachers ………………………………………………96Student Leadership ………………………………………………………………………………… 96Student Leadership (Local Credit) ………………………………………………………………… 96BEST (Bridging the Educational Scene for Teachers of Tomorrow) ………………………………96Preparation For College Admission …………………………………………………………………97AVID …………………………………………………………………………………………………97

ACTIVITY COURSES ………………………………………………………………………………98Cheerleading 1-4 ……………………………………………………………………………………98Color Guard 1-4 ………………………………………………………………………………………98

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ACADEMY ………………………………………………………99-106

ACHIEVE TEXAS CAREER CLUSTERS …………………………………………………………107-108

AGRICULTURE, FOOD & NATURAL RESOURCES ……………………………………………109-115ARCHITECTURE & CONSTRUCTION ……………………………………………………………116-118ARTS, A/V TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS ……………………………………………119-120

BUSINESS, MANAGEMENT & ADMINISTRATION ……………………………………………121-124EDUCATION & TRAINING ………………………………………………………………………125FINANCE ……………………………………………………………………………………………126-128HEALTH SCIENCE …………………………………………………………………………………129-131HOSPITALITY & TOURISM ………………………………………………………………………132-133HUMAN SERVICES ……………………………………………………………………………… 134-136INFORMATION TECHNOLGY ……………………………………………………………………137-139LAW, PUBLIC SAFETY, CORRECTIONS & SECURITY ………………………………………140-142MILITARY SCIENCE ROTV 1-4 ………………………………………………………………… 143MANUFACTURING ……………………………………………………………………………… 144-146MARKETING, SALES & SERVICE ………………………………………………………………147-149SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING & MATHEMATICS ………………………………150-152TRANSPORTATION, DISTRIBUTION & LOGISTICS ………………………………………… 153-154

CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION COURSE OVERVIEW …………………………155CTE COURSES ………………………………………………………………………………………156-158CTE COURSE INDEX ………………………………………………………………………………159-163ADDITIONAL CATE COURSES ………………………………………………………………… 164-165

SPECIAL EDUCATION ……………………………………………………………………………166-172

1

ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS 0111 English 1

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

English 1, t he i ntroductory hi gh school course, focuses on ba sic concepts and skills i n t he language arts. T hrough integrated units of study, the curriculum provides instruction in the composing process of multi-paragraph compositions, applied grammar concepts, conventions of la nguage, syntax, literary genres, cultural a ttitudes/customs in literature, basic literary terminology, reading/critical thinking skills, and rhetorical writing activities. Emphasis is on the development of e ffective written communication for a variety of pu rposes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0111LES English 1, Limited English Sheltered

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

The course will cover the basic Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills of the regular English 1 course. A variety of methods and modalities for instruction will be utilized. English 1, t he introductory high school course, focuses on basic concepts and skills in the language arts for the Limited English Proficiency (LEP) student, who is transitioning from the ESL classroom to the regular program. This course requires an EOC exam.

0113 English 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP Guidelines Recommended

English 1 PreAP is designed for highly motivated students who excel in the language arts and are interested in studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of s ubject ma tter. T he s tudent w ill inc rease a nd r efine critical reading and writing skills, communicate effectively through exposition, analysis, and argumentation, experience different genres t o i nterpret a work’s s tructure, style, t heme, s ymbolism, imagery and tone and develop stylistic maturity. This course requires an EOC exam. 0117 English 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English I (PreAP-GT) is designed for students who meet the requirement for the gifted and talented program. These students are identified as being highly motivated and are interested

2

in studying a di fferentiated curriculum t hat i ncludes a w ider r ange and gr eater de pth of subject ma tter. The c ourse e mphasizes critical thi nking s kills a nd promotes c reative, productive thinking. The student will increase and refine critical reading and writing skills, communicate e ffectively through e xposition, a nalysis, a nd a rgumentation, e xperience different genres to interpret a work’s s tructure, style, theme, symbolism, imagery and tone and de velop s tylistic m aturity. GT s ervices ar e provided through the P reAP cl asses. This course requires an EOC exam.

0121 English 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 1 or counselor approval

English 2 f urther e xpands a nd r efines t he l anguage a rts c oncepts a nd s kills i ntroduced i n English 1. In addition, this course continues to focus on writing experiences for a variety of audiences a nd f orms, d ocumented m ulti-paragraph c ompositions, i dentification of l iterary symbols, de velopment o f t heme i n a l iterary work, a nd t he ut ilization of a dvanced/special reference m aterials. T hrough t hematic uni ts of s tudy, t he c urriculum provides e xtensive practice in rhetorical writing activities in the s tudy of lite rature and in the development of critical thinking. This course requires an EOC exam. 0121LES English 2, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 2 ( LES) i s de signed f or Limited E nglish P roficiency ( LEP) s tudents w ho m ay be performing b elow t heir assigned grade l evel an d/or s tudents w ho have f ailed the T AKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English a s a S econd Language m ethodology s uch a s a dditional vi suals, pr ops, c ontent vocabulary i nstruction and s mall g roup w ork. Individual di agnosis of s tudent ne ed determines appropriate course of study. This course requires an EOC exam. 0123 English 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 1 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

English 2 ( PreAP) is designed for highly motivated students who excel in the language arts and are i nterested i n s tudying a di fferentiated c urriculum t hat i ncludes a w ider r ange a nd greater depth of subject matter. The course emphasizes critical thinking skills and promotes creative, productive thinking. S tress is on t he development of advanced cognitive concepts and processes, guided and independent research, and the incorporation of student-determined ideas and interests. This course requires an EOC exam.

3

0126 English 2 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English 2 (GT) is designed for students who meet the requirement for the gifted and talented program. T hese s tudents a re i dentified a s be ing hi ghly m otivated a nd a re i nterested i n studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of subject matter tha t focuses on world literature. The course emphasizes c ritical thinking skills and promotes creative, productive thinking. S tress is on the development of advanced cognitive concepts and processes, guided and independent research, and the incorporation of student-determined ideas and interests. A n extensive research project and focused interdisciplinary units evolve from student interests and input. G T services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0131 English 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 2 or Counselor Approval

English 3 further expands and refines language arts concepts and skills introduced in English 2. In addition, this course focuses on the following: selection of rhetorical choices based on audience, purpose, and form; writing longer compositions incorporating outside information with documentation; w riting a va riety of f orms of i nformative a nd pe rsuasive di scourse; writing a t l east one form of l iterary discourse; knowledge of hi story and major f eatures of American dialects; r ecognition of sociological functions of language; analysis of word analogies and ot her forms of advanced vocabulary d evelopment; recognition of m ajor American a uthors, literary periods, works, and literary forms; recognition of the characteristics of l iterary selections; us e of r eading concepts and skills to enhance the development of the thinking/reasoning processes; and, use of specialized reference sources. Through integrated units of study, the curriculum provides extensive experience in rhetorical writing activities in the study of literature and in the development of critical thinking. This course

requires an EOC exam. 0 131LES

English 3, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 3 ( LES) i s designed f or Limited E nglish P roficiency ( LEP) s tudents w ho m ay be performing below their assigned grade level and/or students w ho have f ailed the T AKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English as a Second Language methodology such as additional visuals, props, content vocabulary instruction and small group work. Individual diagnosis of student need determines appropriate course of study. This course requires an EOC exam.

4

0135 English 3 Advanced Placement Language and Composition Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guides

English 3 Advanced Placement is designed to engage students in becoming skilled readers of prose, mainly nonfiction, written in a variety of periods, disciplines, and rhetorical contexts and i n b ecoming s killed w riters w ho compose for a va riety of purposes. S tress i s on t he intense concentration on language and stylistic development. Upon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take a three-hour examination that gives them the opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills and abilities developed in the course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a coope rative effort with The College Board. U pon successful completion of the examination, participating colleges grant credit and appropriate placement. This course requires an EOC exam.

0141 English 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 3 or Counselor Approval

English 4 further expands and refines language arts concepts and skills studied in English III. Additionally, this course focuses on the following: us ing each of the commonly recognized patterns of organization; achieving precision in meaning through sophisticated language and rhetorical choices; analysis of ideas and logic in written discourse; use of sophisticated and precise w ord c hoices; o rigin a nd de velopment of t he E nglish l anguage; r ecognition of major authors, periods, f orms, a nd w orks i n B ritish l iterature; r ecognition of r ecurring themes in literary s elections; recognition of t he de vices o f pr opaganda; a nalysis of t he presentation o f i deas i n w ritten di scourse, i ncluding forms of l ogical r easoning, c ommon fallacies of reasoning, and techniques of p ersuasive language; a nd, t he de velopment o f generalizations formulated from a given series of assumptions. T hrough integrated units of study, the cu rriculum pr omotes awareness/understanding o f abstract con cepts and pr actical application of fundamental skills. 0141LES English 4, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 4 ( LES) i s de signed f or Limited E nglish P roficiency ( LEP) s tudents w ho m ay be performing b elow t heir assigned grade l evel a nd/or s tudents w ho h ave f ailed t he T AKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English as a S econd Language m ethodology s uch a s a dditional visuals, props, content vocabulary instruction and small group work. Individual diagnosis of student need determines appropriate course of study.

0

5

0145 English 4 Advanced Placement Literature and Composition Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English 4 Advanced P lacement i s d esigned to engage students i n the careful r eading of literary works, mainly f iction and poe try, t o i ncrease t heir a wareness of languages and the writer's craft. The course s tresses the de velopment of critical standards for literary appreciation, critical analysis of literature, writing essays in exposition and argument through the study and practice of writing, and the study of literature. Stress is on learning the use of modes of di scourse, r ecognizing t he a ssumptions unde rlying va rious r hetorical s trategies, developing an awareness of language meaning and use, and the study of literature recognized for literary merit. Upon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take a t hree-hour examination that gives them the opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills and a bilities de veloped i n t he c ourse. The t est i s c omposed of m ultiple-choice and essay items. T he A dvanced Placement ( AP) p rogram i s a cooperative e ffort w ith the College Board. Upon successful completion of t he examination, pa rticipating colleges grant c redit and appropriate placement.

3470, 3472 Pre IP English 1 and English 2

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 and 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Acceptance in IB Program

The Pre-IB program is an introductory pair of courses that focuses on the prerequisite skills and concepts needed for IB English. Pre-IB English emphasizes the goals of helping learners to c onnect w ith l iterature, w rite e ffectively, a nd pr epare a nd d eliver oral pr esentations. Students will explore classical and contemporary works of literature from our nation and the world. Major literary works representing various genres, authors, and historical periods will be e mphasized. C omposition i nstruction w ill focus on w riting a s a n e ssential w ay t o develop, c larify, a nd communicate i deas i n p ersuasive, e xpository, l iterary, and e xpressive discourse. V ocabulary study w ill i nclude t he Latin a nd G reek i nfluences on t he E nglish language. S tudents who successfully complete the Pre-IB courses will be prepared for the rigorous academic demands of the IB English Higher Level program. Both courses require

EOC exams.

6

3400, 3402 IB English 3 and English 4 (HL) Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre IB or PreAP Eng. 1 and Eng. 2

This pair of courses focuses on the rigorous academic demands of an International Baccalaureate Higher Level course. This two-year, intensive study of English language and literature de velops s tudents’ a nalytical a bilities a nd c reative pow ers of e xpression, bot h in oral and written communications. It encourages them to be original, independent, critical and logical thinkers, a nd t o appreciate literature as an art f orm. Students l earn t echniques t o analyze literary passages, drawn from prose and poetry, representative of a va riety of historical literary periods. Various genres, styles, themes and contexts are examined through the a nalysis of grouped works. Students e xplore t he ong oing f orces of hum an c reativity, artistic ingenuity, and cultural diversity that shape and develop literature. Students engage in daily formal and/or in formal writing tasks including free writing, response journals, dialectical j ournals, essays, abstracts, critiques and commentaries. T hey p ractice publ ic speaking, engaging in the critical and constructive exchange of ideas though oral presentations, class discussions, panel discussions, a s well as informal a nd/or informal debates. This c ourse w ill c ulminate w ith t he s uccessful c ompletion of t he L anguage A 1 exam. English 3 requires an EOC exam.

0148, 0149 Independent Study in English PreAP or Gifted and Talented Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

Independent S tudy i n E nglish i s de signed f or hi gh-achieving s tudents w ho w ish t o pur sue independent s tudy i n an E nglish-related a rea o r field of int erest. T he c urriculum inc ludes various a ctivities de signed by both the student and the instructor. Emphasis is on independent research based on individual student interests, the production of original work in print or in another medium, the development of an advanced skill, and the independent study of a s pecific a rea o f int erest w ith the he lp of a me ntor e mployed in that f ield. P otential students must submit a plan of s tudy that i s subject to approval by the English department chairperson. S tudents are assigned to a c lass period each da y conducted by the consulting teacher who will monitor the progress of the project, prepares progress reports and completes critical evaluations. 0155 Bible Literacy Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Bible Literacy i s de signed f or s tudents w ho w ish t o e xplore a nd l earn about t he H ebrew Scriptures (Old Testament) and the New Testament and their impact. The curriculum focuses on the knowledge of biblical content, characters, poetry, and narratives that lead to understanding of contemporary society and culture. The students will become familiar with

the contents of the history of the literary style and structure and the influence of the Hebrew Scriptures and New Testament on l aw, history, government, l iterature, a rt, music, customs, morals, values, and culture. This course will require in depth reading, research, analysis with reflective writing and problem solving. A research project will be required.

To be offered, this course requires that at least 15 students request it. Credit will be regarded as an elective credit. 0115 English for Speakers of Other Languages 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student

A maximum of two of the four units of English required for graduation may be English as a Second Language (ESL). All credit earned in ESL that is not counted toward the graduation requirement in English may be counted as electives in meeting state graduation requirements. The ESL 1 course is designed for students who are monolingual speakers of other languages and c onsidered b eginning E nglish s peakers. These students a re d esignated a s beginning English s peakers or s tudents w ith no English skills e nrolling b eyond first gr ade w ith no previous schooling. This basic ESL course concentrates on language arts skills necessary for success in the academic program. Students in this course may also enroll in Reading LES 1 and ESL Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills. This course requires and EOC exam. 0125 English for Speakers of Other Languages 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student

A maximum of two of the four units of English required for graduation may be English as a Second Language (ESL). All credit earned in ESL that is not counted toward the graduation requirement in English may be counted as electives in meeting state graduation requirements. The ESL 2 course is designed for students who have some oral English skills, score below the 23rd percentile on a state-approved standardized achievement test, and are at the intermediate level. This course concentrates on language arts skills necessary for academic s uccess i n school w ith an introduction to the s pecific s kills necessary for content area courses to follow. Students in this course should also enroll in LES Reading. This

course requires an EOC exam. 0179 ESL Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student Counselor Approval (Local

Credit) This local credit elective course is designed for entry beginner level Limited English Proficient students who have had very native language instruction or lack basic skills in the English Language. T hese students score NES (Non-English Speaker) on an Oral Language

8

Proficiency T est. T he course concentrates on skills necessary f or success i n ESL 1 and academic courses to follow later in the student's program.

0197-sem, 0198-yr Reading 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading is designed for students reading one-to-two years below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. Individual diagnosis of student need determines t he appropriate cou rse o f study. G eneral areas o f t he i nstruction include t he following: word attack skills, including structural analysis and contextual clues; vocabulary development, including the use of advanced and specialized dictionaries; general developmental comprehension skills; and, reading skills, including fluency and comprehension, applied to a variety of practical situations that a re cross-curricular. Emphasis is on recognition a nd development of individual learning style a nd overall improvement of reading skills to ensure that high school students have an opportunity to read with competence, confidence, and understanding. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, a nd/or R eading Elective m ay count t oward gr aduation. N ote: THIS CO URSE I S REQUIRED F OR T HOSE WH O DI D NO T M EET THE STANDARD O N T HE EIGHTH OR NINTH GRADE TAKS READING TEST. 0187 Reading 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 2 is designed for s tudents w ho ha ve taken Reading 1 and could benefit from reinforcement of fluency word attack skills, vocabulary development, comprehension skills, and reading skills applied to a variety of practical situations. Emphasis is on recognition and development t o i ndividual learning style a nd overall i mprovement of reading s kills. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, o r 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0188-sem, 0205-yr Reading 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 3 i s designed for s tudents who have taken two years of reading and could benefit from a t hird year of r eading i n or der t o r each E nglish pr oficiency. Skills addressed i n Reading 1 and Reading 2 will be reinforced. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation.

9

0204 Reading Elective Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The r eading el ective cou rse i s de signed to assist and instruct t he nonpr oficient r eader who has ha d difficulty i n learning to read. In addition, t he course i s designed to provide appropriate instructional strategies for students who have been identified as dyslexic or are at risk for dyslexia. Though this course is structured to include the Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills, the primary emphasis is on the following: us e of a variety of word recognition strategies; vocabulary development through reading and systematic word study; reading with fluency and und erstanding i n i ncreasingly de manding t exts; a nd c omprehension s trategies and skills to gain meaning from whatever is read. 0197LES-sem, 0198LES-yr Reading 1, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 1 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students reading one-to-two years be low their assigned grade l evel a nd/or s tudents w ho have f ailed t he T AKS reading test. Individual diagnosis of student need determines the appropriate course of study. General a reas of the curriculum include the following: word attack skills, including structural analysis and contextual clues; vocabulary development, including the use of advanced a nd s pecialized di ctionaries; ge neral de velopmental c omprehension a nd f luency skills; a nd, reading skills a pplied to a variety of pr actical s ituations. Emphasis is o n recognition and development of individual learning style and overall improvement of reading skills. This course should be taken by students in ESL 1 and 2. T he course is optional for ESL 3 students who have been through the reading improvement program at the intermediate level. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0187LES Reading 2, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 2 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who have taken Reading 1 LES and could be nefit from reinforcement o f w ord attack skills, vocabulary development, c omprehension s kills, a nd r eading s kills a pplied t o a v ariety of pr actical situations. Emphasis is on recognition a nd de velopment t o i ndividual l earning s tyle a nd overall improvement of reading skills. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading elective may count toward graduation.

10

0188LES-sem, 0205LES-yr Reading 3, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 3 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who have taken two years of reading and could benefit from a third year of reading in order to reach English proficiency. Skills addressed in Reading 1 LES and Reading 2 LES will be reinforced. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, o r 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0146 Creative and Imaginative Writing Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . TAKS Commended Performance

Creative/Imaginative Writing is designed for students who enjoy writing and are interested in producing or iginal w ork. The c ourse focuses on the pr inciples of c reative w riting and producing original work with emphasis on stylistic techniques such as the use of f igurative language and ot her l iterary devices a nd various or ganizational models used for the development of t ext s tructure. Emphasis i s placed on t he production of original works that afford the student the opportunity to develop an individual style of writing. P rocedures for submitting original works for publication are included in this course. 0170-sem, 0172-yr Practical Writing Skills Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Practical Writing Skills/TAKS Intervention is designed for the student who has demonstrated a need for more intensive, targeted instruction in writing. The course includes instruction in techniques of effective writing for both practical and test situations, including TAKS. Each student’s w riting w ill be e valuated, a nd emphasis w ill t hen be pl aced on t he i nterventions that are necessary in order for the student to succeed when writing is a requirement. Practice for the TAKS test will be included as well as activities that will enable the student to learn to write effectively when required to complete applications, orders, memos, notes, and the like. The f inal assessment of the course will include a pos t-test that will provide data regarding student pr ogress w ith r egard t o e ffective w riting s kills. THIS CO URSE I S RE QUIRED FOR T HOSE S TUDENTS WH O DI D NO T M EET T HE S TANDARDS O N T HEIR LAST TAKS WRITING TEST.

11

0189 Communication Applications Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students e nrolled in Communication Applications w ill be expected to identify, a nalyze, develop, a nd evaluate c ommunication s kills ne eded f or p rofessional a nd s ocial s uccess i n interpersonal situations, group interactions, and personal and professional presentations. The course e mphasizes t he a pplication of ve rbal and nonve rbal s kills a nd c ritical-thinking a nd problem-solving processes.

9700CT *New Course * Professional Communications

CTE Courses for Speech Credit

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement

This is a n activity based career development course i n which students w ill de velop a n understanding of professional communications through e xploration of the career clusters. Students w ill e xplore a va riety of c areer opt ions a nd a ctivities i ncluding f ormal a nd i nformal presentations, resume writing, and job interviewing. Students will exhibit public relations skills, leadership characteristics, knowledge of the global economy, and information technology applications. 0160 Oral Interpretation 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Public Speaking 1 or 2 or Communication Applications and

Sponsor Approval orOral I nterpretation I is designed for the student who w ishes t o e xplore a nd l earn t he fundamental concepts and s kills of oral i nterpretation. The curriculum f ocuses on t he following: exploration of interpretive reading and of potential literary selections; analysis of literary merit including qualities of universal appeal and uniqueness of literary works; determination of literary meaning including emotional impact and preferred styles or authors and literary t ypes; the r ole of the int erpreter in recreating the int ellectual, emotional, and aesthetic aspects of literary works; selection of literature according to nature of audience and personal pr eferences; a nalysis of l iterature i ncluding a uthor's pur pose, s tructure, a nd s tyle; performance techniques including use of voice and body; adaptation of literature to preserve the a uthor's i ntent, f orm a nd s tyle; performance of l iterature i n i ndividual an d gr oup presentations; and, criteria for evaluating interpretation techniques and audience reaction.

Speech 7/8 and Sponsor Approval

12

0161 Oral Interpretation 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Oral Interpretation 1 and

Oral Interpretation 2 f urther expands and refines the course objectives outlined in the Oral Interpretation 1 curriculum. This course is designed f or t he s tudent w ho wishes t o participate in the practical application of oral interpretation skills through competitive speech tournament events.

Sponsor Approval

0162 Oral Interpretation 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Oral Interpretation 2

Oral Interpretation 3 f urther e xpands a nd r efines t he c ourse obj ectives i ntroduced i n O ral Interpretation 1 and 2. This cou rse is s pecifically d esigned f or t he highly m otivated, advanced oral interpretation student who wishes to perfect performance skills through participation in top-level competitive speech tournament events. Additionally, the course curriculum i ncludes a general s urvey of a nd comparison be tween hi gh school a nd college competitive speech events. 0163 Debate 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Public Speaking 1, Public Speaking 2, or Communication

Applications, andDebate 1 is designed for t he student w ho w ishes t o e xplore and l earn t he f undamental concepts and skills of debate. The curriculum focuses on the following general elements of debate: formats and forums for debate; processes of logic and critical thinking; reading and researching information from diverse sources and materials; development of single-issue br iefs; e xploration of r esolutions t hrough d efinition, pot ential i ssues, us e of "should," and uni que r equirements of va lue a nd f act t opics; a ffirmative and ne gative c ase construction; process of cross-examination as witness, questioner, or auditor; oral, aural, and written evaluation of arguments; and, the presentation of debate through reading, writing, listening, speaking, and analyzing competitive tournament debating.

Sponsor Approval

13

0164 Debate 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Debate 1 and

Debate 2 f urther e xpands a nd r efines t he course obj ectives out lined i n t he i ntroductory Debate 1 course. This c ourse i s de signed for t he s tudent w ho w ishes t o pa rticipate i n practical applications of debate skills through competitive debate events.

Sponsor Approval

0165 Debate 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Debate 2

Debate 3 further expands and refines t he course obj ectives out lined in the Debate 1 and 2 curricula. This c ourse i s s pecifically de signed f or t he hi ghly m otivated, a dvanced de bater who wishes to perfect debate skills through participation in top-level competitive debate events. Additionally, t he c ourse curriculum i ncludes a general s urvey o f a nd c omparison between high school and college debate techniques. 0150 Journalism 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Mastery of TAKS Writing Test

Journalism 1 is designed f or students w ho are interested i n be coming a newspaper or yearbook staff member. Students study the f undamentals of journalistic writing a nd publication. The curriculum includes the following: history of mass print media in the United States; c ontemporary r ole of m ass pr int media; ba sic f eatures of pr int jour nalism; characteristics of journalistic w riting; pur poses and characteristics of newspaper pages; current trends in format and publicity techniques; graphics, design, and layout in newspapers and magazines; the printing process; and, a general survey of advertising techniques.

14

0191 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Journalism 1 and/or

Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 is designed for students who are interested in studying the elements and processes of magazine-type journalism products, particularly the school yearbook. The course curriculum focuses on the following: group cooperative effort in the production of a yearbook; yearbook de velopment within time c onstraints a nd budg et limitations; financial responsibility in production and publication of a yearbook; cutting/cropping photographs for overall page planning; writing and editing copy; producing effective graphic art; writing e ffective headlines; and editing/proofreading copy, pages and issues. As members of the yearbook s taff, s tudents in this course will be expected to: participate in an ad vertising campaign t hat i ncludes selling advertisements i n t he community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0192 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 and

Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in A dvanced J ournalism: Y earbook 1. Additionally, t his c ourse i s de signed t o pr omote increased i nvolvement and r esponsibility i n t he pr ocess a nd production of t he s chool yearbook. As members of the yearbook staff, students in this course will be expected to participate i n an ad vertising campaign that includes selling advertisements i n t he community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0193 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 and

Advanced J ournalism: Yearbook 3 i s designed f or t he highly m otivated s tudent w ho i s interested i n a ssuming increased r esponsibility a nd providing l eadership i n t he ove rall process of yearbook pub lication. A dditionally, the course curriculum further develops and refines t he course obj ectives out lined i n A dvanced J ournalism: Y earbook 1 a nd 2. As members of the yearbook staff, students in this course will be expected to participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned. For Desktop Publishing, students should refer to the Technology Applications listing of courses on pages 68-72.

Sponsor Approval

15

0194 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Journalism 1 and Sponsor Approval for Staff Writers or

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 is designed for students who are interested in the elements and processes used in producing a school newspaper. T he curriculum focuses on t he f ollowing: group c ooperative e fforts i n t he production of a j ournalistic pr oduct; product development within time constraints and budget limitations; financial responsibility in pr oduction a nd publ ication of a s chool ne wspaper; covering e vents a nd w riting a rticles that reflect the variety of school/community life; s electing, cropping, and scaling photographs for a newspaper; writing effective bulletins and headlines for a newspaper; and, editing a nd pr oofreading ne wspaper c opy, pa ges, a nd e ntire i ssues. As me mbers of t he newspaper s taff, s tudents i n t his cou rse will b e exp ected t o: p articipate i n an advertising campaign t hat i ncludes s elling advertisements i n t he community and t o report on after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval for Staff Photographers

0195 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 and

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 1. A dditionally, this course is designed to promote increased involvement a nd responsibility i n t he process and production of a school newspaper. As members of the newspaper staff, students in this course will be expected to: participate in an ad vertising campaign t hat i ncludes s elling advertisements i n t he c ommunity and t o report on after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0196 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 2 and

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 3 is designed for the highly motivated student who is interested in assuming increased responsibility and providing leadership in the overall process of newspaper production. Additionally, the course curriculum further develops and refines course objectives out lined in Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 1 and 2. As members of the newspaper staff, students in this course will be expected to: p articipate in an advertising campaign t hat i ncludes s elling advertisements i n t he c ommunity and t o report on af ter-school activities, as assigned. For D esktop P ublishing, students s hould r efer t o the T echnology Applications l isting of courses on pages 68-72.

Sponsor Approval

16

0158 Photojournalism Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Photojournalism i s de signed f or t he s tudent w ho is pr imarily int erested in becoming a s taff photographer for student publications. The course curriculum includes the following: pl anning photographs in relation to assignments from an editor; illustrating news events with appropriate photos and captions; sequencing photos for publication; operating various types of cameras, light meters, and electronic strobes; developing skill and knowledge in film processing; and, applying photo composition principles including balance, contrast, cropping, and scaling of photographs. The s tudents m ust f urnish a non -automatic, 35m m S LR c amera, f ilm, and phot ographic pa per and be able to demonstrate command of basic camera skills. 0159, 0156, 0157 Independent Study/Journalism Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval and

Independent Study/Journalism includes activities individually designed for high-achieving, experienced journalism students. T he student is provided opportunities to achieve one or more of t he f ollowing: ( 1) c onduct r esearch; ( 2) pr oduce or iginal w ork i n pr int or i n s ome ot her medium; (3) extensively develop an advanced skill; and, (4) study in a specific area of interest related to journalism.

Advanced

17

LANGUAGES OTHER THAN ENGLISH

FRENCH

2611 French 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in French and explore Francophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2612 French 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in French. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in French and explore Fran-cophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course sa-tisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2612PA French 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in French 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency levels and preparation for the depth and complexity of French Advanced Placement/International Bac-calaureate courses.

3482 French 2 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course is designed to build upon the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing at-tained in French 1. Students will cover the following grammatical concepts: present tense of all regular and many basic irregular verbs, passé compose, reflexive verbs and direct/indirect object pronouns. Students will also continue to be exposed to basic vocabulary. The “Discovering French” textbooks series is used in the course.

18

2613 French 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in French and to explore Francophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2614PA French 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 2 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended (See

counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides continued opportunities to develop vocabulary and structural patterns of French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. It places a greater emphasis on commu-nicative and written skills. Students use the language to gain knowledge of other cultures through readings and discussions of French poetry, literature and history. This course is designed to pre-pare students for success in future advanced placement French courses.

3484 French 3 PIP Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1, French 2 (The French 2 PIP/Pre-AP level course is

recommended). This course is designed to prepare students for French 4IB. Emphasis will be placed on oral and written skills in preparation for IB assessments taken in the junior or senior year. Students will build upon the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing attained in French 1 and 2. In ad-dition to reading and speaking French, students will cover the grammatical concepts of passé compose and the imperfect verb tenses, the conditional and future verb tenses and “si” clauses. The “Bravo” textbook series is used in this course, which presents the language in a francophone context.

2616 French 4 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 3 (PreAP) Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended

(See counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides continued opportunities to develop vocabulary and structural patterns of French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. Emphasis is placed on the development

19

and refinement of grammar, listening, speaking, and reading skills. Communication and cultural knowledge are facilitated through analysis of representative literary works. This course prepares students for successful completion of Advanced Placement French and the college Board Ad-vanced Placement French Language Examination.

2620 Advanced Placement French-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 4 PreAP

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire advanced-low to advanced-mid profi-ciency in French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are inter-ested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated advanced-mid proficiency to prepare students for the depth and complexity of the Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for completion of an AP course for the Distinguished graduation plan.

The Advanced Placement (AP) French-Language course covers the equivalent of a third-year college course in advanced French composition and conversation with emphasis on the develop-ment of advanced to superior proficiencies. The course emphasizes language skills, composition, and grammar with emphasis on active communication with the following objectives: (1) the abil-ity to comprehend formal and informal spoken French; (2) the acquisition of vocabulary to allow reading of newspapers and magazines, and modern French literature; (3) the ability to write well-organized essays; and, (4) the ability to express ideas orally with accuracy and fluency. Exten-sive training in the organization and writing of compositions is an integral part of the Advanced Placement French-Language course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a cooperative ef-fort with The College Board. The student will be prepared to take an examination upon which successful completion will enable participating colleges to grant credit and appropriate place-ment. The student is responsible for the examination fee.

3440, 3441 IB French SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PIB or French 3; Level 4 highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its culture is to pro-vide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B French study incorporates the development of communications skills such as: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Stu-dents will develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written lan-guage, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B French will use the new language to socialize successfully, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B French offers the students an enriched, advanced study of language, litera-ture, and culture. The students will be able to review, independently and through group discus-sions, works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take anoth-er year of French and then choose either Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

20

GERMAN

2621 German 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in German and to explore German culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2622 German 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in German. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in German and explore Ger-man culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended gradua-tion plan. 2622PA

German 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 1

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in Ger-man 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency le-vels and preparation for the depth and complexity of Advanced Placement courses.

2623 German 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in German and to explore German culture. Audio and video materials provide prac-tice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

21

2624 German 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 2 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in German and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficien-cy to prepare students for the depth and complexity of Honors courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2627 Advanced Placement German-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 3

The German Language AP course, emphasizing the use of the language for active communica-tion, strives to develop: strong command of vocabulary and structure; understanding of spoken German in various conversational situations; ability to read newspaper and magazine articles, contemporary fiction, and nontechnical writings without the use of a dictionary; and fluency and accuracy in expressing ideas orally and in writing. Students enrolled in German 4 Advanced Placement are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for German Lan-guage.

LATIN

2631 Latin 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in the study of Latin as a classical language. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2632 Latin 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 1

This novice-mid to novice-high proficiency level course is a continuation of the novice-mid pro-ficiency established in Latin 1. The student should be able to read simple selections for compre-hension, to write a brief conversation, and to have an expanded knowledge of the Roman culture. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

22

2632PA Latin 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 1

This course is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. It prepares students for successful com-pletion of Advanced Placement Latin and the corresponding College Board Advanced Placement exam.

2633 Latin 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 2

This course emphasizes intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency development. The stu-dent will study the writings of Cicero, Pliny, and Livy, and will be able to write simple, directed compositions. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same lan-guage for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2634 Latin 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 2 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in Latin and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are in-terested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program to include review and reinforcement of grammatical concepts necessary for obtaining fluency in reading the lan-guage with emphasis placed on the works of Cicero and Ovid. The focus of the course is the ac-celeration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficiency as preparation for Honors courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2637 Advanced Placement Latin-Vergil Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 3 PreAP

In this course student are expected to be able to accurately translate from Latin into English the poetry they are reading and to demonstrate a grasp of grammatical structures and vocabulary. Since the appreciation of Latin literature requires an understanding of the literary techniques of Latin writers and of poetic, meters when appropriate, stylistic analysis is an integral part of the advanced work of the course. In addition, the AP Latin: Vergil course includes the study of the cultural, social, and political context of the literature on the syllabus. This course prepares stu-dents for the Advanced Placement Exam.

23

2638 Independent Study: Cultural and Linguistic Topics in Latin Grade Placement . . . . . 12th Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 4

This course offers the student a study of Latin as a spoken and written language and its linguistic influences on modern languages. The student will use Latin to make comparisons between Ro-man and modern culture and history and between Latin and Greek root words and modern Eng-lish.

SPANISH

2601 Spanish 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in Spanish and explore Spanish culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

3488 Spanish 1 PIP Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Admission to PIP Program

In this fast paced course students begin the sequential development of the skills needed to under-stand and speak the foreign language and refine and establish control of the language. Reading and writing are also developed. Students are also introduced to the culture of the countries where the language is spoken. Students must maintain a portfolio of written work throughout the course and produce audio material starting in the second semester of the course. Both written and oral assessments are required.

2596 Spanish 1 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Placement Test Used Realidades 2 para hispanohablantes

& workbook (51-70) This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the beginning of the stu-dent’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The stu-dent will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-low to

24

novice-mid proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 51-70 Spanish placement test. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of His-panic culture. The student will develop novice-mid to novice-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. The student will complete the regular Spanish 1 curriculum in one semester and the regular Spanish 2 curriculum in one semester. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2602 Spanish 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in Spanish. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in Spanish and explore Span-ish culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended gradua-tion plan.

2602PA Spanish 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended. Sug-

gested average in Spanish 1: 80 This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in Span-ish 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency levels and preparation for the depth and complexity of Spanish Advanced Placement/International Bac-calaureate courses.

3490 Spanish 2 PIP Grade Placement . . . . . 9 or 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 PIP

The ability to understand and speak the foreign language is further developed through the intro-duction of additional vocabulary and grammar with emphasis on refining and establishing con-trol of the language. The amount of reading for comprehension is increased. Writing for expres-sion and reinforcement is continued. Students gain additional insights into the culture of the countries where the language is spoken. Students must maintain a portfolio of written work throughout the course and produce audio material starting in the second semester of the course. Both written and oral assessments are required.

25

2598 Spanish 2 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit in 1 Semester Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 for Spanish Speakers, Placement Test Used is

Sendas 1 and little of Sendas 2 & workbook and the score must in the range of 71-95 with subjective factors taken into account.

This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the second semester of the student’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The student will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-mid to novice-high proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 71-95 on the Spanish placement test. Certain other subjective factors are taken into account. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of His-panic culture. The student will develop novice-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. The student will complete the regular Spanish 2 curriculum in one semester. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2603 Spanish 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in Spanish and to explore Spanish culture. Audio and video materials provide prac-tice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2604PA Spanish 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended (See

counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in Spanish and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and culture. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficiency to pre-pare students for the depth and complexity of Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

26

3492 Spanish 3 PIP Grade Placement . . . . . 10-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 PIP and 2 PIP

Spanish 3 PIB is a one year course designed for students to further develop their ability to speak and broaden their understanding of the Spanish language and culture. The goals of the class are to teach the students to communicate using the grammatical structures learned in Spanish 1 IB and Spanish 2 IB, to continue exposing them to the various cultures of the Spanish speaking world and to provide them with a solid foundation for the next level of Spanish 4-IB instruction. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and ap-ply new concepts in real-life situations. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement.

2591 Spanish 3 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit in 1 Semester Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2 for Spanish Speakers, Placement Test Used is

Sendas 1 and a little of Sendas 2 & workbook and the score must in the range of 71-95 with subjective factors taken into account.

This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the third course in the stu-dent’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The stu-dent will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 71-95 on the Spanish placement test. Certain other subjective factors are taken into account. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of Hispanic culture. The student will develop intermediate-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Dis-tinguished graduation plan.

2609 Advanced Placement Spanish-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 3

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire advanced-low to advanced-mid profi-ciency in Spanish and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are inter-ested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated advanced-mid proficiency to prepare students for the depth and complexity of the Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for study in the same language and completion of an AP course for the Distinguished graduation plan.

27

The Advanced Placement (AP) Spanish-Language course covers the equivalent of a third year college course in advanced Spanish composition and conversation with emphasis on the devel-opment of advanced to superior proficiencies. The course emphasizes language skills, composi-tion, and grammar with emphasis on active communication with the following objectives: (1) the ability to comprehend formal and informal spoken Spanish; (2) the acquisition of vocabulary to allow reading of newspapers and magazines, and modern Spanish literature; (3) the ability to write well-organized essays; and, (4) the ability to express ideas orally with accuracy and fluen-cy. Extensive training in the organization and writing of compositions is an integral part of the Advanced Placement Spanish-Language course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a co-operative effort with The College Board. The student will be prepared to take an examination upon which successful completion will enable participating colleges to grant credit and appropri-ate placement. The student is responsible for the examination fee.

2607 Advanced Placement Spanish-Literature Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement Spanish - Language

The AP Spanish-Literature course is equivalent to a third year college course in Peninsular and Latin American Literature. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. It teaches students the techniques of literary analysis and a basic vocabulary of critical terms. Students are afforded the opportunity to read, discuss, and analyze critically in Spanish representative works of Peninsular and Latin American literature through class discussion and essay writing. The curriculum in-cludes representative work of prose, poetry, and drama from different periods with a considera-tion of their cultural context. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in Spanish Literature.

3450, 3451 IB Spanish SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre IB or PreAP Spanish 3, Level 4 highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its cultures is to pro-vide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language IB Spanish study incorporates the development of communication skills such as: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written lan-guage, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language IB Spanish will use the new language to socialize successfully, to acquire and provide information to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language IB Spanish offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, litera-ture, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discus-sions, works of various authors in the original curriculum, and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of Spanish and then choose either Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

28

MATHEMATICS 0330 Algebra 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 8th Grade Mathematics

This c ourse w ill e mphasize t he s tudy of linear functions. Students w ill us e f unctions to represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships i n problem s ituations. Topics i nclude graphing, solving equations and inequalities, and systems of linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear f unctions w ill be i ntroduced. This course w ill i nclude t he a ppropriate us e of graphing technology. This course requires an EOC exam. 0330LES Algebra 1 (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This c ourse w ill e mphasize t he s tudy of l inear functions. Students w ill us e f unctions t o represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships i n problem s ituations. Topics i nclude graphing, solving equations and inequalities, and systems of linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear f unctions w ill be i ntroduced. This course w ill i nclude t he a ppropriate us e of graphing t echnology. This course w ill cove r t he es sential el ements of t he r egular al gebra course with an emphasis on a variety of methods and modalities for instruction to meet the needs of the limited English speaker. This course requires an EOC exam.

0333PA Algebra 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 8th Grade Mathematics

This course will emphasize the study of Algebra 1 concepts with extensions. S tudents will use l inear f unctions t o r epresent, m odel, a nalyze, a nd i nterpret r elationships i n pr oblem situations. Topics i nclude g raphing, s olving e quations a nd i nequalities, s ystems of l inear equations and the relationships of the major ideas of algebra and geometry. Q uadratic and nonlinear f unctions w ill be i ntroduced. This course w ill i nclude t he a ppropriate us e of graphing technology. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course requires an EOC exam. 0333 Algebra 1 (PreAP/GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course will emphasize the study of Algebra 1 concepts with extensions. S tudents will use l inear f unctions t o r epresent, m odel, a nalyze, a nd i nterpret r elationships i n pr oblem

29

situations. T opics i nclude g raphing, s olving e quations a nd i nequalities, systems of line ar equations and the relationships of the major ideas of algebra and geometry. Q uadratic and nonlinear f unctions w ill be i ntroduced. T his course w ill i nclude t he a ppropriate us e of graphing technology. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on pr eparing the gifted student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course may require independent and guided r esearch. GT s ervices a re pr ovided t hrough t he P reAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0340 Geometry Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 This course emphasizes t he i nvestigation a nd us e of r elations, p roperties, a nd measurement of surfaces, lines, and angles in one, two, and three-dimensional figures. It is de signed t o de velop deductive r easoning a nd t o e mphasize pr oblem s olving us ing proofs a nd de finitions w hile i ntegrating a lgebraic c oncepts. This cou rse requires an EOC exam.

0343 PA Geometry (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 or

This course emphasizes the investigation and use of relations, properties, and measurement of surfaces, l ines, and angles i n one , two, and three-dimensional f igures. I t i s designed to develop deductive reasoning and to emphasize problem solving using proofs and definitions while i ntegrating algebraic con cepts. The le vel of ins truction/curriculum w ill f ocus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course r equires an EOC exam.

Algebra 1 PreAP

0347PA

Geometry (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Meet District Guidelines or

This course emphasizes the investigation and use of relations, properties, and measurement of surfaces, l ines, and angles i n one , two, and three-dimensional f igures. I t i s designed to develop deductive reasoning and to emphasize problem solving using proofs and definitions while i ntegrating algebraic con cepts. The le vel of ins truction/curriculum w ill f ocus on preparing the gifted student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course may require i ndependent a nd g uided r esearch. GT s ervices ar e pr ovided through t he P reAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

Algebra 1 PreAP

30

0350 Algebra 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Geometry

This course is a continuation of the topics studied in Algebra 1. It will extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis w ill a lso be placed on the a nalysis of conic concepts a nd t he development of additional problem solving skills and applications. This course requires an EOC exam. 0353 Algebra 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Geometry

This c ourse i s a c ontinuation of the topics studied in Algebra 1 . It w ill extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis w ill a lso be pl aced on the a nalysis of conic concepts a nd the development of additional problem solving skills and applications. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course requiresan EOC exam. 0354 Algebra 2 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1, Geometry and

This course is a continuation of t he topics studied i n Algebra I. It will extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis w ill a lso be pl aced on the a nalysis of conic concepts a nd the development of additional problem solving skills and applications. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing t he gifted student for adv anced placement m athematics cour ses. This course may require independent and guided research. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

Meet District Guidelines

31

0360 Pre-Calculus Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This course will emphasize t he s tudy of polynomial, r adical, exponential, l ogarithmic, and trigonometric f unctions. Functions, e quations, and l imits w ill be us ed as us eful t ools f or expressing generalizations and as a means for analyzing and understanding a broad variety of mathematical r elationships. Functions, as w ell as symbolic reasoning, will be used to represent a nd c onnect i deas i n ge ometry, pr obability, s tatistics, t rigonometry, a nd c alculus and to model physical situations.

Algebra 2

0363 Pre-Calculus (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This course will emphasize t he s tudy of polynomial, r adical, exponential, l ogarithmic, and trigonometric f unctions. Functions, e quations, and l imits w ill be used as useful t ools f or expressing generalizations and as a means for analyzing and understanding a broad variety of mathematical relationships. Functions, a s w ell as symbolic reasoning, w ill be used t o represent a nd c onnect i deas i n ge ometry, pr obability, s tatistics, t rigonometry, a nd c alculus and t o m odel ph ysical s ituations. In addition to t he t opics s tudied i n Pre-calculus, ot her topics will include polar and pa rametric equations and sequences and series. The l evel of instruction/curriculum w ill focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses.

Algebra 2

3473 PIP Pre-Calculus Grade Placement . . . . . 10 and 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2 PreAP/GT or Algebra 2 PreAP

This c ourse s tudies t he state m andated s tandards w hich i nclude i nterpreting f unctions t o investigate properties of trigonometric and polynomial functions, using sequences and series to represent, analyze, a nd solve real-life pr oblems, us ing c onic sections a nd pa rametric representations to model motion, and using vectors to model physical situations. In addition to the state mandated standards, topics such as area under a curve, difference quot ient, and tangents to curves are a lso s tudied. To prepare s tudents in this course for Math SL or HL, additional partner projects and activities are given to students each six weeks. These include “Critical Thinking” problems to extend the content learned in a particular unit and challenge the students, a fall and spring “Portfolio” in which students collaborate to work through more in depth questions, some involving real-life applications, and students participate in their IB required international component project in the spring.

32

0365 Calculus, Advanced Placement AB Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Pre-Calculus

This is an Advanced Placement course designed to meet the requirements of Calculus AB as outlined i n t he C ourse Description of t he A dvanced P lacement P rogram i n M athematics. This course primarily develops the s tudents’ understanding of the concepts of calculus and providing experience with i ts methods and applications. Topics include l imits, derivatives, integrals, a nd t heir a pplications. At t he c onclusion of t his c ourse, s tudents m ay t ake t he Advanced Placement Calculus AB Exam.

Students may earn credit in either Calculus AB or Calculus BC but not both.

0367

Calculus, Advanced Placement BC Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Pre-Calculus

This is an Advanced Placement course designed to meet the requirements of Calculus BC as outlined i n t he C ourse Description of t he A dvanced P lacement P rogram i n M athematics. This course is an extension of Calculus AB rather than an enhancement. In addition to the topics covered in Calculus AB, this course expands upon the applications of derivatives and integrals. Calculus BC also covers polynomial approximation, sequences, and series. At the conclusion of this course, students may take the Advanced Placement Calculus BC Exam. 0397 Statistics, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This i s an Advanced Placement course d esigned to meet t he r equirements of s tatistics as outlined in the Course Description of the Advanced Placement Program in Mathematics. The purpose of the AP course in statistics is to introduce students to the major concepts and tools for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data. Students are exposed to four broad conceptual themes: exploring data, planning a study, anticipating patterns, and statistical inf erence. At the conclusion of t his course, students m ay t ake t he Advanced Placement Statistics Exam.

Algebra 2

33

3422 Mathematics SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP/PreIB or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2 and PreCalculus

This is a two-year course taken in the junior and senior years by students planning to include mathematics as a major component of their studies, either as a subject itself or within courses such as physics, engineering, and technology. Students are expected to have a solid foundation in mathematics and be competent in a wide range of analytical and technical skills. This course will review Algebra, Geometry, and Algebra 2. Methods concentrate on the application of theory to real environmental situations. Topics of study include: set and number theory, elementary coordinate geometry, equations and inequalities, functions, (linear, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical, and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometry, vectors sequences and series, binomial theorem, statistics and probability. Students are required to work independently and develop an investigation mode, which can be applied to other subject areas, to common world occurrences and to topics that relate to the self-interest of students. The course includes a portfolio based on different areas of the syllabus.

3424 Mathematics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP Geometry, PreAP Algebra 2, and PIB Pre-Calculus and

Calculus BC This two-year course begins with the study of AP Calculus BC in the junior year and IB Math HL in the senior year. In choosing this course, students will be expecting to include mathematics as a major component o f their university s tudies, e ither as a subject in i ts own r ight or within courses such as physics, engineering and technology. Others may take this subject because they have a s trong int erest in ma thematics and enjoy me eting its c hallenges and engaging with its problems.

The nature of the subject is such that it focuses on developing important mathematical concepts in a c omprehensible, coherent a nd r igorous w ay. This i s a chieved b y m eans of a c arefully balanced approach. S tudents are encouraged to apply their mathematical knowledge to solving problems s et i n a va riety of m eaningful c ontexts. Development of e ach t opic s hould f eature justification and proof of results. S tudents embarking on t his course should expect to develop insight into mathematical form and structure, and should be intellectually equipped to appreciate the links between concepts in different topic areas. They should also be encouraged to develop the skills needed to continue their mathematical growth in other learning environments. Topics of s tudies i nclude: s et and num ber t heory, e lementary c oordinate geometry, equation a nd equality, functions ( linear equation, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometry, vector calculus, and differential equations.

The i nternally a ssessed component, t he por tfolio, of fers s tudents a framework f or d eveloping independence in their mathematical learning through engaging in mathematical investigation and mathematical mode ling. Students w ill be pr ovided with opportunities to take a considered approach t o t hese a ctivities, a nd t o e xplore different w ays o f approaching a problem. The

34

portfolio also allows students to work without the time constraints of a written examination and to develop skills in communicating mathematical ideas.

This course is a demanding one, requiring students to study a broad range of mathematical topics through a number of different approaches and to varying degrees of depth. 0384, 0386 Independent Study in Mathematics PreAP or Gifted and Talented Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines, Concurrent Enrollment in

Precalculus PreAP Students w ill e xtend t heir mathematical understanding beyond t he A lgebra II l evel i n a specific a rea of m athematics, such as advanced s urvey of m athematics, l inear algebra o r history of mathematics. Potential students must meet prerequisites and have approval of the mathematics department chairman. W hen accepted, each student will work independently during an assigned period each day on the course selected, and attend regularly scheduled seminars with his consulting teacher for progress reports and critical evaluations. 0383 Mathematical Models with Applications Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and

This is a course designed to strengthen students’ understanding of algebraic reasoning through a v ariety o f m athematical experiences. Students use algebraic, graphical, and geometric reasoning to recognize patterns and structure, to model information, and to solve problems from various disciplines, including physical science, music and art. S tudents use mathematical mode ls f rom a lgebra, geometry, probability, and statistics to solve pr oblems from a w ide va riety of advanced applications i n bot h m athematical and nonmathematical situations. This c ourse i s not op en t o s tudents w ho have received credit f or either semester of Algebra 2.

Geometry

35

0388 Advanced Quantative Reasoning Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2

This course builds upon students’ algebra a nd geometry foundations to expand their understanding through further mathematical experiences. T he focus of the course includes the analysis of i nformation us ing s tatistical methods and probability, modeling change and mathematical relationships, mathematical decision making in finance and society, and spatial and geometrical modeling for decision making. T his course is designed to prepare students for a va riety of f uture p aths i n c ollege, i ncluding t he s ocial s ciences, c omputers, bus iness, and health fields. 0389A, 0389BDC Independent Study: Dual Credit College Algebra Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2 and

This course bui lds upon s tudents’ algebra skills to prepare them for advanced mathematics courses in college. The focus of the course includes the analysis of absolute value equations and inequalities, graphing skills, functions, and the theory of equations and matrices. Successful completion of the course may result in dual credit for both high school graduation and college coursework. A student interested in this course should contact his/her counselor for details regarding prerequisites, requirements, and testing.

Counselor Approval

0398 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

(THIS C OURSE IS R EQUIRED FOR TH OSE S TUDENTS W HO HAVE F AILED T HE MATHEMATICS PORTION OF THE EIGHTH GRADE STATE ASSESSMENT.) Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 9th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review a nd pr actice of t he appropriate t est-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test. 0399 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This c ourse i s strongly e ncouraged for those s tudents w ho ha ve f ailed t he m athematics portion of the 9th grade state assessment. Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 10th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review and practice of the appropriate test-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test.

36

0400 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is strongly encouraged for those students who have failed the mathematics portion of the 10th grade state assessment. Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 11th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review and practice of the appropriate test-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test.

0301 ESL in the Content Area Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English a s a S econd Language i n t he C ontent Area i s a n elective c ourse de signed for t he nonproficient ESL student who may have had little or no pr evious schooling or background experiences for success in a regular academic course. The course will focus on numbers and number concepts and skills necessary for success in on-level mathematics.

English Language Learners

As new students arrive in the district, they will be assessed and offered one of the pathways along the Language continuum. These could include the Newcomer Center, ESOL, LES sheltered classes, or classes with a teacher who has received training in sheltered instruction strategies.

37

SCIENCE CP-0463, PC-0468 Integrated Physics and Chemistry Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course i s designed to acquaint the s tudent with the concepts and processes of ph ysics and chemistry. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. These laboratory investigations w ill a llow the s tudent to utilize the s cientific me thod and develop critical thinking s kills w hile p roblem s olving. T opics of s tudy s hall i nclude pr operties and relationships of m atter and e nergy, a tomic s tructure, chemical formulas a nd equations, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, motion, waves, light and sound. T his course is not appropriate for students with credit for Chemistry or Physics. IPC will be offered for the Recommended High School Program in Klein ISD beginning with the ni nth grade class in the F all S emester of 20 10. Integrated Physics and Chemistry must be taken prior to Chemistry and Physics. This course requires an EOC exam. 0463LES Integrated Physics and Chemistry Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This c ourse i s de signed t o a cquaint t he E SL s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd pr ocesses of physics and c hemistry. Laboratory i nvestigations a re an i ntegral pa rt of the course. These laboratory investigations will a llow the s tudent to ut ilize the scientific method and develop critical thi nking s kills w hile problem s olving. T opics of s tudy s hall i nclude pr operties a nd relationships of m atter and e nergy, a tomic s tructure, chemical formulas a nd equations, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, and light and sound. T he course will cover the essential knowledge and skills of the regular integrated physics and chemistry course with an emphasis on a va riety of m ethods a nd m odalities f or i nstruction t o m eet t he ne eds of t he limited English speaker. This course is not appropriate for students with credit for chemistry or physics. This course requires and EOC exam. 0475 Biology 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of biology. A developmental approach is utilized beginning with life at the cell level and progressing to the most advanced l ife forms. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. Topics of s tudy s hall i nclude c ytology, vi ruses, tissues a nd or gans of t he hu man systems, genetics, biological evolution, taxonomy, energy transfers in living organisms, homeostasis, ecosystems a nd pl ants. D uring t he course o f i nstruction i n t his c lass, t he t extbooks, audiovisual ma terials, and lectures w ill inc lude ins truction and information c oncerning

38

human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0475LES Biology 1, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This c ourse i s de signed t o a cquaint t he E SL s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd pr ocesses of biology. A de velopmental a pproach is ut ilized beginning w ith life a t the c ell le vel a nd progressing to the most advanced life forms. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. Topics of study shall include cytology, viruses, tissues and organs of the human systems, ge netics, bi ological e volution, t axonomy, e nergy t ransfers i n l iving or ganisms, homeostasis, e cosystems a nd pl ants. D uring t he c ourse of i nstruction i n t his c lass, t he textbooks, a udiovisual m aterials, a nd l ectures w ill i nclude i nstruction a nd i nformation concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. The course will cover the essential knowledge and skills of the regular biology course with an emphasis on a va riety of m ethods a nd m odalities f or i nstruction t o m eet t he ne eds of t he l imited English speaker. This course requires an EOC exam.

0476 Biology 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take f urther s cience c ourses. It i s de signed t o a cquaint t he s tudent w ith c oncepts a nd processes of bi ology and i s a m odification a nd expansion of t he r egular c lass. Experimentation and individual student inquiry are essential components of the course. The l evel o f i nstruction/curriculum w ill f ocus on pr eparing t he s tudent for advanced placement courses. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0477PA Biology 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is designed for the student with a high aptitude in science, and i t acquaints the student w ith t he c oncepts a nd pr ocesses o f bi ology. T his course f ocuses on s trategies to support a bstract r easoning p roblem s olving, r esearch s kills a nd a s tudents’ active involvement in the learning process. These topics are designed to inform and instruct onl y and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

39

3476 PIB Biology 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines for the IB program

PIB Biology 1 is a f irst year hi gh s chool B iology s urvey course t hat includes uni ts on Biochemistry, C ells, P hotosynthesis a nd R espiration, P lants, C ell Division, M eiosis a nd Genetics, Taxonomy and Classification, Ecology, Bacteria and Viruses, and multiple Human Body System units. Woven throughout the units are laboratory investigations and activities to teach the nature of science and to introduce students to laboratory skills needed for success in future IB science cou rses, such as da ta processing and p roducing or iginal graphs, and data analysis. Laboratory work includes investigations in enzyme activity, cell transport, using a microscope to study cell division and cell types, plant parts study and dissections, a plant life cycle/effect of an environmental va riable on p lant gr owth experiment, a year-long l ife cycle/population study investigation of an arthropod, preserved animal dissections followed by a com prehensive pr actical ex am, DNA ex traction, and numerous othe r act ivities and simulations to teach bi ological c oncepts. T his c ourse a llows s tudents t o de velop a nd demonstrate science writing skills by requiring the completion of several major lab reports, and written answers are emphasized in many formative assessments. This course requires an EOC exam. 0484 Chemistry

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: . . . . . . . . 1Unit of high school science and Algebra I: It is suggested

that students should complete or have concurrent enrollment in a 2nd year of Math

This c ourse i s de signed to a cquaint t he s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd p rocesses o f c hemistry. This l aboratory pr ogram f ocuses on c hemistry c oncepts a nd how t hey a pply t o t he ph ysical world. T he s tudent bui lds a n unde rstanding of chemistry t hrough e xploration, de monstration, questioning, and application of the concepts through a variety of inquiry-based activities. All i mportant conc epts ar e cov ered in several c hapters i n a s piraling pr ocess t hat al lows students t o s ee c oncepts i n a va riety of contexts a nd i n w ays t hat a re meaningful t o t he student. This course requires an EOC exam. 0481PA Chemistry 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 1Unit of high school science and Algebra I: It is suggested

that students should complete or have concurrent enrollment in a 2nd year of Math and

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take f urther s cience courses. It i s de signed t o a cquaint t he s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd processes o f c hemistry a nd i s a m odification a nd e xpansion of t he r egular c lass. Experimentation, individual s tudent inqui ry a nd mathematical a pplications a re a n integral

Meet District Guidelines

40

part of the course. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement courses. This course requires an EOC exam.

0483PA Chemistry 1 (PreAP-GT)

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 1Unit of high school science and Algebra I: It is suggested

that students should complete or have concurrent enrollment in a 2nd year of Math 1 and

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take f urther s cience courses. It i s de signed t o a cquaint t he s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd processes o f c hemistry a nd i s a m odification a nd e xpansion of t he r egular c lass. Experimentation, i ndividual s tudent inqui ry a nd mathematical a pplications a re a n integral part of the course. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement courses. This course focuses on s trategies to support abstract reasoning problem solving, research skills and a students’ active involvement in the learning process.

Meet District Guidelines

GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

0494 Physics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra I is suggested as a prerequisite or co-requisite

Physics is the study of the interactions of matter and energy. This laboratory program focuses on ph ysics concepts a nd how t hey a pply t o t he physical w orld. The s tudent bui lds understanding t hrough exploration, de monstration, que stioning, a nd a pplication of t he concepts through a variety of inquiry-based activities. Topics include: mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound and light, electricity and magnetism, and atomic and nuclear Physics. Mathematical applications are included throughout the course. This course requires an EOC exam. 0486 Physics 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra I is suggested as a prerequisite or co-requisite

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take f urther s cience courses. It i s de signed t o acquaint t he s tudent w ith the c oncepts a nd processes of ph ysics a nd i s a m odification a nd e xpansion of t he r egular c lass. Experimentation, individual s tudent inqui ry a nd mathematical a pplications a re a n integral part of the course. This course requires an EOC exam.

41

0485PA Physics 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra I is suggested as a prerequisite or co-requisite and

Meet District Guidelines This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take f urther s cience courses. It i s de signed t o a cquaint t he s tudent w ith t he c oncepts a nd processes of ph ysics a nd i s a m odification a nd e xpansion of t he r egular c lass. Experimentation, i ndividual s tudent inqui ry a nd mathematical a pplications a re a n integral part of t he course. This course focuses on s trategies t o support abstract r easoning problem solving, research skills and a students’ active involvement in the learning process. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam. 3474 PIB Physics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PIB Biology and PIB Chemistry Algebra I is suggested as a

prerequisite or co-requisite PIB Physics is a com prehensive study in classical mechanics and electromagnetism. Topics include N ewton’s Laws, K inematics, V ectors, C ircular m otion, G ravitation, W ork-Energy, Momentum, Electrostatics, Magnetism, Ohm’s Law, DC circuitry, Light, Sound and Nuclear physics. PIB physics provides a foundation for those students wanting to take IB Physics SL. Students should have strong algebra skills in order to be successful in this rigorous course. This course requires an EOC exam.

0478 Biology, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and

This c ourse e xamines a nd di scusses t he pr inciples of bi ology i n c onsiderable detail. Emphasis is placed on laboratory experiments and individual research. This course follows the A dvanced Placement r ecommended scope and sequence. Topics i nclude: che mistry of life, cells, cellular energetics, heredity and evolutions, organisms and populations. During the course of i nstruction i n t his c lass, t he t extbooks, a udiovisual m aterials, a nd l ectures w ill include i nstruction a nd i nformation c oncerning human g rowth a nd de velopment. T hese topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes.

Chemistry 1 Preferred

42

3430 IB Biology SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

The primary goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and pr ovide t hem w ith t he c onceptual f ramework, f actual know ledge, a nd a nalytical s kills necessary t o deal c ritically w ith the r apidly cha nging s cience of bi ology. T he course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. The material of study for Biology (SL) will include the following topics: biochemistry, cells, genetics, nucleic aci ds, pr oteins, e volution, e cology and e volution, e cology a nd conservation, a nd hum an he alth ph ysiology. T he c ourse w ould c onsist of l ecture, t eacher-designed l abs, s tudent-designed l abs a nd ot her types of e xperimental l earning. T his c ourse includes a multi-disciplinary group science project. 3436 IB Biology HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Biology SL

The g oal of t his c ourse i s t o he lp s tudents g ain a n a ppreciation of s cience as a pr ocess and provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to de al c ritically w ith t he r apidly changing s cience of bi ology. T his s econd year of bi ology includes extensions of the Biology SL topics with the addition of the following: defense against infectious di seases, hu man r eproduction, ne rves, m uscles, m ovement, e xcretion, a nd pl ant science. The cour se con sists of l ecture, teacher-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

0482 Chemistry, Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and

approval of the principal, Physics 1 may be taken concurrently) Algebra 2 Preferred (with

Chemistry AP is an in-depth study of the principles set forth in Chemistry 1. This course follows the Advanced Placement recommended scope and sequence. Topics include: structure and properties of atoms and molecules stated of matter and descriptive chemistry. Lab exercises emphasize the mole concept, gravimetric and volumetric quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis and organic chemistry. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical problem solving are an integral part of the course. This course requires an EOC exam.

43

3432 IB Chemistry SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

This c ourse, de signed f or s tudents w ith a de pth of unde rstanding of f undamentals a nd a reasonable c ompetence i n de aling w ith c hemical pr oblems, pr ovides oppor tunities f or scientific s tudy and creativity w ithin global context w hich will stimulate and challenge students. T he course will c ontribute t o t he s tudents’ a bility t o analyze, e valuate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the s tudents’ ability to think clearly and express the ir ide as or ally and in writing w ith clarity a nd l ogic. T he course i ncludes t he following topi cs o f s tudy: s toichiometry, atomic the ory and atomic mode ls, periodicity, bonding, s tates of m atter, s olutions, e nergetics, ki netics, e quilibrium, a cids a nd ba ses, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry, environmental chemistry, and fuels and energy. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific di sciplines and t he ov erarching na ture of t he s cientific m ethod. In a n e ffort t o develop s tudents’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities. A multi-disciplinary group project i s a component of this class. This course requires an EOC exam.

3433 IB Chemistry HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . IB Chemistry SL

This course, designed for students with a depth of understanding of fundamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity within global context which will stimulate and challenge students. The course will contribute to the students’ ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course reviews the topics of study covered in SL as a core- stoichiometry, atomic theory and atomic models, periodicity, bonding, states of matter, solutions, energetic, kinetics, equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry--but also continues with the topics in greater depth. HL students are expected to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature than SL. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific disciplines and the overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities and independent investigations. A multi-disciplinary group project is also a component of this class. This course requires an EOC exam.

44

0487 Physics B, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and

approval of the principal, Chemistry 1 may be taken concurrently) Algebra 2 Preferred (with

Physics AP is an in-depth study of the principles set forth in Physics 1. E mphasis is placed on the application of mathematics to physical situations. This course follows the Advanced Placement r ecommended s cope and s equence. Topics i nclude: Newtonian m echanics, fluid mechanics, thermal ph ysics, electricity, m agnetism, waves, optics, atomic and nuclear physics. Experimentation, individual s tudent inquiry and mathematical p roblem solving are an integral part of the course. This course requires an EOC exam.

3434 IB Physics SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

Physics is the s tudy of the r elationship between matter a nd e nergy. T he s tudent w ill be introduced t o fundamental c oncepts i n t he a reas of m echanics, w ave actions, he at, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. S tudents will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability t o a sk ph ysical q uestions a nd t o obt ain s olutions t o t hose que stions b y us e of ph ysical intuition, e xperimental i nvestigation, a nd f ormal l ogic. A wareness w ill be gained of t he connections of ph ysics t o ot her di sciplines a nd t o societal i ssues. K nowledge of a lgebra a nd basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities tha t c over a r ange of topi cs a nd skills inc luding a mul ti-disciplinary group s cience project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information. It is strongly recommended that students take a second year of physics before attempting the IB Physics SL exam. This course requires an EOC exam.

3438 IB Physics HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Physics SL

In this second year of the study of physics, the student will encounter further extensions of the fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear ph enomena. O bservations of t he l aws o f f orce a nd m otion, t he na ture of l ight, w ave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. In a ddition, t he s tudent w ill s tudy t opics on r elativity, opt ics, a nd a strophysics. S tudents w ill develop experimental and investigative s cientific s kills, including a n a bility to a sk physical

45

questions and to obt ain solutions t o t hose questions b y use of ph ysical i ntuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and basic trigonometry is required for the c ourse. B asic i deas of c alculus m ay be i ntroduced i n t he s tudy of s ome c oncepts. In a n effort to de velop s tudents’ e xperimental a nd i nvestigative s kills, a t l east 40% of a s tudent’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of t opics a nd s kills including a m ulti-disciplinary group s cience pr oject. Laboratory investigations w ill he lp t he s tudent de velop a n a bility t o a nalyze, e valuate, a nd s ynthesize scientific information. This course requires an EOC exam. 0497 Earth and Space Science Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1

Earth and Space Science, students conduct field and laboratory investigations, use scientific methods dur ing i nvestigations, a nd m ake i nformed de cisions us ing c ritical t hinking a nd scientific problem solving. Students study a variety of topics that are designed to develop an understanding of the Earth’s system in space and t ime. Concepts included are the complex and d ynamic hi story of t he e arth a nd t he advances i n t echnologies t hat he lp f urther t hat understanding, the geosphere and complex subsystems linking it to the Earth’s surface, and the fluid earth’s influences on climate and it’s implications to life on earth.

0490 Aquatic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1

In Aquatic S cience, s tudents c onduct f ield and l aboratory i nvestigations, us e s cientific methods dur ing i nvestigations, a nd m ake i nformed de cisions us ing c ritical t hinking a nd scientific pr oblem s olving. S tudents s tudy a variety o f topi cs tha t inc lude the f ollowing: components of an aquatic ecosystem; relationships among aquatic habitats and ecosystems; roles of c ycles w ithin a n a quatic e nvironment; adaptations of a quatic o rganisms; c hanges within aquatic environments; geological phenomena and f luid d ynamics effects; and or igin and use of water in a watershed.

46

0498 Environmental Systems Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 or one Unit of High School Physical Science

In Environmental Systems, students conduct field and laboratory investigations, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and scientific problem solving. Students study a variety of topics that include the following: biotic and abiotic factors in habitats, ecosystems and biomes, interrelationships among resources and an environmental system, sources and flow of energy through an environmental system, relationship between carrying capacity and changes in populations and ecosystems, and changes in environments. This course requires an EOC exam.

0492 Environmental Science, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and Chemistry 1 Preferred and

This c ourse i s de signed t o be t he e quivalent of a n i ntroductory college c ourse i n environmental s cience. T he g oal of t he c ourse i s t o pr ovide s tudents with t he s cientific principles, concepts, and methodologies required to understand the inter-relationships of the natural world, to identify and analyze environmental problems both natural and human-made, to e valuate t he r elative risks a ssociated w ith t hese pr oblems, and t o examine al ternative solutions for resolving and/or preventing them. It is an interdisciplinary course with a strong laboratory component.

Meet District Guidelines

CTE Courses for Science Credit

0493 Anatomy and Physiology of Human Systems Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and

In t his c ourse s tudents conduct l aboratory i nvestigations/fieldwork, us e scientific m ethods during i nvestigations, a nd m ake i nformed d ecisions us ing c ritical t hinking and pr oblem solving. Topics will be presented through an integration of biology, chemistry, and physics. Students will s tudy the structures and functions of t he human bod y and body s ystems and will i nvestigate t he bo dy’s responses t o f orces, maintenance of hom eostasis, electrical interactions, t ransport s ystems, a nd energy s ystems. S tudents w ill also a nalyze t he relationship be tween anatomical s tructures a nd ph ysiological f unctions of t he hum an systems. This same course is offered in Health Science Technology Education.

Chemistry 1

46a

9071CT * New Course* Advanced Plant and Soil Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4thScience

Credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans A c ourse de signed t o s tudy t he e xploration of pr inciples r elated t o pl ant pr oduction a nd t he management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber.

9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Animal Science Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans.

This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on r eproduction, br eeding, genetics, a natomy, ph ysiology, nut rition, he alth, a nd t he m arketing and ha rvesting of dom estic l ivestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9635CT *New Course* Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and

Introduction to Criminal Justice and

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science Approval Process

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans This course uses a s tructured and scientific app roach to the i nvestigation of cr imes o f as sault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. S tudents w ill l earn t erminology a nd i nvestigative p rocedures r elated t o c rime s cene, questioning, i nterviewing, criminal be havior characteristics, t ruth d etection, a nd s cientific procedures us ed to solve c rimes. Using s cientific me thods, students w ill c ollect a nd analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science.

46b

9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Animal Science Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans.

This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on r eproduction, br eeding, genetics, a natomy, ph ysiology, nut rition, he alth, a nd t he m arketing and ha rvesting of dom estic l ivestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9635CT *New Course* Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and

Introduction to Criminal Justice and

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science Approval Process

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans This course uses a s tructured and scientific app roach to the i nvestigation of cr imes o f as sault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. S tudents w ill l earn t erminology a nd i nvestigative p rocedures r elated t o c rime s cene, questioning, i nterviewing, criminal be havior characteristics, t ruth d etection, a nd s cientific procedures us ed to solve c rimes. Using s cientific me thods, students w ill c ollect a nd analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science.

47

SOCIAL STUDIES

0231 World Geography Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In t he required course, World G eography S tudies, s tudents e xamine t he r elationships be tween people, pl aces, a nd environments. S tudents us e pr oblem-solving and de cision-making s kills to ask and ans wer geographic que stions as well as t o determine t he geographic f actors t hat h ave influenced past a nd pr esent e vents. A s ignificant por tion of t he c ourse f ocuses on: ph ysical processes t hat s hape pl aces a nd r egions; t he e nvironment; t he pol itical, e conomic, a nd s ocial processes that define cultural patterns; hum an s ystems s uch a s popul ation di stribution a nd urbanization pa tterns; a nd t he economic conditions which have led t o and maintained t he developed and developing world. This course requires an EOC exam.

0231LES World Geography Studies Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

In t he required course, World G eography S tudies, s tudents e xamine t he r elationships be tween people, pl aces, a nd environments. S tudents us e pr oblem-solving and de cision-making s kills to ask and answer geographic questions as well a s to determine the geographic factors tha t h ave influenced pa st a nd pr esent e vents. A s ignificant por tion of t he c ourse f ocuses on: ph ysical processes t hat s hape pl aces a nd r egions; t he e nvironment; t he pol itical, e conomic, a nd s ocial processes t hat de fine cultural patterns; human systems such a s population di stribution a nd urbanization pa tterns; a nd t he e conomic conditions which have l ed t o and maintained t he developed and developing world.

This W orld Geography Studies course will cover t he basic s tudent expectations of t he regular World Geography course us ing a va riety of m ethods a nd m odalities f or di fferentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course. This course requires an EOC exam.

0233PA World Geography Studies (PreAP)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who excel in social studies and are interested in learning from a broad, conceptual perspective and in greater depth. PreAP strategies will be ut ilized. The s tudent expectations include the fundamental concepts f rom the regular w orld geography course c urriculum w ith a n emphasis on higher or der t hinking. T he course w ill s tress t he de velopment of a dvanced cognitive concepts a nd processes, guided a nd independent research, and the incorporation of student determined ideas and interests. This course requires an EOC exam.

48

0237PA World Geography Studies (PreAP-GT)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This c ourse i s de signed f or s tudents w ho s how hi gh l evels of a ptitude i n, i nterest i n, a nd/or commitment to social s tudies. This course c overs a nd e xtends t he t opics c overed i n t he corresponding academic level course through the pacing, depth and complexity of assignments. In addition, enrichment experiences based on l evels of interest related to World Geography will be provided. The level of instruction and rigor of this course is designed to prepare students for advanced placement courses. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

0221 World History Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This r equired c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith a c onceptual ove rview of w orld hi story. S tudents study, pose, and answer questions related to the concepts in history of environment, government, economics, belief systems, cooperation and conflict, and humanities. The study of these concepts allows students to make connections between historical and current events. This course requires

an EOC exam. 0 221LES World History Studies Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This r equired c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith a c onceptual ove rview of w orld hi story. S tudents study, pose, and answer questions related to the concepts in history of environment, government, economics, belief systems, cooperation and conflict, and humanities. The study of these concepts allows students to make connections between historical and current events.

This World History Studies course will cover the basic student expectations of the regular World History course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0224 World History Studies Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The pur pose of t he A P W orld H istory c ourse i s t o de velop g reater unde rstanding of g lobal processes and contacts, in interaction with different types of human societies. This understanding is a dvanced t hrough a c ombination of s elective factual know ledge a nd appropriate an alytical skills. Using a chronological approach, the course is organized around six major themes that help

49

students t ransfer w hat i s uni que a bout e ach t ime pe riod or s ociety i nto a br oader context. It highlights the nature of changes in international frameworks and their causes and consequences. Knowledge o f ma jor de velopments tha t illus trate or link the s ix the matic a reas and of ma jor civilizations in Asia, sub-Saharan A frica, Europe, and the Americas i s ex pected. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in World History.

0211 United States History Since 1877

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This required course is a one year study of the U.S. from 1877 to the present. This time frame is divided into smaller units such as industrialization and urbanization, Progressives, Civil Rights and the Cold War. Within each uni t the impact of geographic, pol itical, economic, social, and international e vents w ill be c onsidered. E mphasis w ill be pl ace on r elating t he e ffects of pa st events t o t he pr esent. S tudents w ill us e c ritical thinking s kills t o e xplain a nd a pply m ethods historians use to interpret the past. This course requires an EOC exam.

0211LES United States History Since 1877 Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: Counselor Approval

This required course is a one year study of the U.S. from 1877 to the present. This time frame is divided into smaller uni ts such as i ndustrialization and urbanization P rogressives, C ivil R ights and the Cold War. Within each uni t the impact of geographic, pol itical, economic, social, and international e vents w ill be c onsidered. E mphasis w ill be pl ace on relating t he ef fects of pa st events t o t he pr esent. S tudents w ill us e c ritical thinking s kills t o e xplain a nd a pply m ethods historians use to interpret the past.

The ESL United States History course uses a variety of methods a nd modalities f or differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help s tudents master the essential concepts of the course. This course requires an EOC exam.

0215 AP United States History

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The Advanced P lacement course in United States History i s designed to provide s tudents with the analytical skills and factual knowledge necessary to deal critically with issues in American history. S tudents w ill le arn to assess hi storical materials to determine t he r elevance o f thos e materials to a given problem, and to evaluate the reliability and importance of selected materials. Students will develop skills necessary to make informed judgments and to present reasons and evidence c learly a nd pe rsuasively. S tudents w orking i ndependently or i n c ollaboration w ith a mentor, investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research t he topic using a va riety o f

50

technologies; and present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in United States History.

0241 United States Government

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U.S. and World History

The f ocus i n t his r equired c ourse i s t o pr epare the s tudent f or active p articipation w ithin t he framework of t he A merican pol itical s ystem. T he c ourse be gins with a s tudy of t he ba sic concepts found in all political systems, t he philosophical background w hich led to the development of the constitution, and the basic concepts found in the constitution. The executive, legislative, and judicial branches o f t he f ederal government will be s tudied, as well as cu rrent issues of int erest. In addition, students study th e f ields of c ivil r ights a nd liberties, political parties and suffrage, the Texas Constitution, and state and national government.

0241LES United States Government Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

The f ocus i n t his r equired c ourse i s t o pr epare the s tudent f or active p articipation w ithin t he framework of t he American political s ystem. The c ourse be gins with a s tudy of the ba sic concepts found i n a ll politicalssystems, the philosophical background which l ed t o t he development of the constitution, and the basic concepts found in the constitution. The executive, legislative, and judicial br anches o f t he f ederal government w ill be s tudied, as well as cu rrent issues of int erest. In addition, students study th e f ields of c ivil r ights a nd liberties, political parties and suffrage, the Texas Constitution, and state and national government.

This United S tates Government course will cover the basic s tudent expectations of the regular United States Government course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0245 United States Government Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This c ourse i s de signed to pr ovide s tudents w ith a n a nalytical pe rspective on g overnment a nd politics in the United States. It involves both the study of general concepts used to interpret U.S. politics and the analysis of specific case studies. Students will participate in an in-depth study of the va rious i nstitutions, g roups, be liefs, a nd i deas t hat c onstitute t he U.S. pol itical system. Students are guided to use specific information critically to evaluate general propositions about government a nd pol itics. S tudents w orking i ndependently o r i n c ollaboration w ith a m entor, investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of technologies; and

51

present a pr oduct o f pr ofessional qua lity t o a n appropriate audience. S tudents e nrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in United States Government.

3410, 3412 IB History of the Americas

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . World Geography and World History

The history component of the IB Curriculum is s tructured as a two-year program taught at the Higher Level. The regional component will cover the History of the Americas with the emphasis in the 11th grade year on the history of the United States from the colonial period to the present and t he i mpact of t he U nited S tates on s urrounding c ultures. In t he 12t h g rade, t he hi story of Canada and Latin America will be covered along with the following Twentieth Century topics: the causes and effects of war, the Cold War, and the rise and rule of single party states. *This course replaces the U.S. History requirement for graduation.

0251 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U.S. and World History

This r equired c ourse de als w ith t he w ay t hat i ndividuals a nd s ocieties, pa rticularly t he U nited States, have chosen to use scare resources for the production of alternative goods. Students will learn how t hese r esources a re di stributed among va rious pe oples a nd groups of s ociety. T he course e mphasizes t he e conomic pr inciples upon w hich t he f ree e nterprise s ystem i s ba sed. Students will s tudy the r ole a va riety of f actors pl ay in this s ystem i ncluding government, geography, s ocietal va lues a nd t echnology. S tudents w ill a lso r eceive i nstruction i n pr actical consumer economics. Students apply critical thinking skills to create economics models and to evaluate economic activity patterns.

0251LES Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This r equired c ourse de als w ith t he w ay t hat i ndividuals a nd s ocieties, pa rticularly t he U nited States, have chosen to use scare resources for the production of alternative goods. Students will learn how t hese r esources a re di stributed among va rious pe oples a nd groups of s ociety. T he course e mphasizes t he e conomic pr inciples upon w hich t he f ree e nterprise s ystem i s ba sed. Students w ill s tudy the r ole a va riety of f actors pl ay in this s ystem i ncluding government, geography, s ocietal va lues a nd t echnology. S tudents w ill a lso r eceive i nstruction i n pr actical consumer economics. Students apply critical thinking skills to create economics models and to evaluate e conomic a ctivity pa tterns. T his course w ill c over t he b asic s tudent ex pectations of regular E conomics c ourse us ing a va riety of methods a nd m odalities f or di fferentiation of

52

instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0255 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Micro Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U. S. and World History

This c ourse i n m icroeconomics i s de signed t o give s tudents a t horough understanding of t he principles of economics that apply to the functions of i ndividual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the larger economic system. It places primary emphasis on the nature and functions of product markets, the study of factor markets, and the role of government in promoting greater efficiency and equity in the economy. Students working independently or in collaboration with a mentor investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of technologies; and present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for Micro Economics.

0256 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Macro Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U. S. and World History

This c ourse i n m acroeconomics i s de signed t o g ive s tudents a t horough unde rstanding of t he principles of economics that apply t o an e conomic s ystem as a whole. It places pa rticular emphasis on t he study of national income and price determination, and also develops students’ familiarity with economic performance measures, economic growth, and international economics. S tudents w orking i ndependently or in c ollaboration w ith a mentor, i nvestigate a problem, i ssue, or c oncern; r esearch t he t opic using a va riety of t echnologies; a nd pr esent a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for Macroeconomics.

0260 Psychology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In this course, students consider the development of the individual and the personality. The study of psychology is based on an historical framework and relies on effective collection and analysis of data. Students s tudy topics such as theories of human development, personality, motivation, learning, and creativity. Psychology involves group work, laboratory experiments, independent reading/research, and active participation by the student.

53

0262 Psychology Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The pu rpose of t he A P c ourse i n P sychology i s t o i ntroduce t he a nalytical s tudy of t he be havior a nd mental processes o f human be ings a nd o ther a nimals. Included i s a c onsideration of the psychological facts, pr inciples, a nd phe nomena a ssociated w ith each of t he major s ub-fields within ps ychology. T he areas of emphasis include sensation and perception, states of consciousness, l earning, cognition, motivation a nd e motions, personality, a bnormal ps ychology a nd t reatment o f p sychological di sorders. Students en rolled i n t his course a re s trongly enc ouraged to take t he A dvanced Placement E xam f or Psychology.

0261 Sociology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In t his course s tudents s tudy d ynamics a nd models of i ndividual a nd g roup relationships. Students s tudy topics such as t he hi story and s ystems of sociology, cultural and social norms, social institutions, and mass communication.

0238 AP Human Geography

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

AP Human Geography introduces students to the systematic study of patterns and processes that have shaped human understanding, use, and alteration of Earth’s surface. Students employ spatial concepts and landscape analysis to examine human social organization and its environmental consequences. They also learn about the tolls and methods that geographers use in their science and practice. Students who enroll in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in Human Geography. This course does not count as a graduation requirement. It is an elective course.

54

0226 Advanced Placement European History

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The purpose of AP European History is to introduce students to cultural, economic, political, and social de velopments t hat pl ayed a f undamental r ole i n s haping t he w orld i n w hich t hey l ive. Without this know ledge, w e w ould l ack t he c ontext f or unde rstanding t he de velopment of contemporary institutions, the role of continuity and change in present day society and politics, and the evolution of current forms of artistic expression and intellectual discourse. In addition to providing a basic narrative of events and movements, the goals of the AP program in European History are to develop (a) an understanding of some of the principal themes in modern European History ( b) a n a bility t o a nalyze hi storical e vidence a nd hi storical i nterpretation, a nd ( c) a n ability to express historical understanding in writing. Students enrolled in AP European History are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement exam for European History.

55

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate (IB) Programme is an internationally recognized curriculum that offers 11th and 12th grade students an opportunity to earn the IB diploma. Students complete and test in six IB subjects; write an extended essay of independent research guided by a faculty mentor, complete 150 hours of creative, action, and service activities (CAS); and participate in a critical thinking course called Theory of Knowledge. This advanced, comprehensive program of study offers an integrated approach to learning across the disciplines with an emphasis on meeting the challenges of living and working in a global, technological society. The State of Texas awards a minimum of 24 credit hours to students who attend any public Texas University who earn the IB Diploma with a score of 24 points or higher. Students must complete an application and interview before being accepted into the program.

56

THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE

3468 Theory of Knowledge

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Candidates only

With its position at the center of the International Baccalaureate hexagon suggesting its connective possibilities, the Theory of Knowledge class offers students the opportunity to reflect on themselves as “knowers” in the act of knowing. Six different areas of knowledge, some of which are intensively pursued in other parts of the curriculum, become the subjects of critical inquiry as “knowers,” singly and in community, explore what it means to know in each area and how those ways bump into or reinforce each other. As they inquire, students cultivate precision in their recognition of the difficulties that attend their ways of knowing: the nature and limit of perception, the trickery and truthfulness of emotions, the seduction and elusiveness of language, and the attraction of reason. Sorting out this tangle of possibilities is the critical challenge of those who desire to thrive in the Theory of Knowledge class. Practiced with the proper curiosity and generosity, these wrestlings with the problems of knowledge will take students from text to text, time to time, and culture to culture, promoting self-understanding and rich appreciation of difference and variety. The result will be a subtle sophistication of intellect.

57

GROUP 1: LANGUAGE A1 3400/3402 IB English 3 and English 4 (HL)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PIB, PreAP, or GT Eng. 1 and Eng. 2

This pair of courses focuses on the rigorous academic demands of an International Baccalaureate Higher Level course. This two-year, intensive study of English language and literature develops students’ analytical abilities and creative powers of expression, both in or al a nd written communications. It encourages t hem to be or iginal, i ndependent, c ritical and logical t hinkers, and to appreciate literature as an art form. Students learn techniques to analyze literary passages, drawn from prose and poetry, representative of a variety of historical literary periods. Various genres, styles, t hemes and contexts are examined through the analysis of grouped works. Students explore the ongoing forces of human creativity, artistic ingenuity, and cultural diversity that shape and develop literature. S tudents engage in daily formal and/or informal writing tasks including f ree w riting, response j ournals, di alectical j ournals, essays, abstracts, c ritiques a nd commentaries. They practice public speaking, engaging in the critical and constructive exchange of i deas t hough or al pr esentations, c lass di scussions, pa nel di scussions, a s w ell a s i nformal and/or i nformal de bates. This c ourse w ill culminate w ith t he s uccessful c ompletion of t he Language A1 exam.

58

GROUP 2: LANGUAGE B 3440/3441 IB French SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 3 PreAP; Level 4 PreAP highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its culture is to provide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B French study incorporates the development of communications skills such as: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Students will continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written language, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B French will use the new language to communicate proficiently, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B French offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, literature, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discussions works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of French and then choose either the Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

3450/3451 IB Spanish SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Spanish 3 PreAP; Level 4 PreAP highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its cultures is to provide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B Spanish study incorporates the development of communication skills such as: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students will continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written language, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B Spanish will use the new language to communicate proficiently, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B Spanish offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, literature, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discussions works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of Spanish and then choose either the Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

59

GROUP 3: INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES 3410/3411 IB History of the Americas

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre AP World Geography and AP World History recommended

The history component of the IB Curriculum is s tructured as a two-year program taught at the Higher Level. The regional component will cover the History of the Americas with the emphasis in the 11th grade year on the history of the United States from the colonial period to the present and the impact of the United S tates on s urrounding cultures. In the 12th grade, the hi story of Canada and Latin America will be covered along with the following Twentieth Century topics: the causes and effects of war, the Cold War, and the rise and rule of single party states.

*This course replaces the U.S. History requirement for graduation.

60

GROUP 4: EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCES

3430 IB Biology SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . .PreAP or PIP/Biology and PreAP or PIP/Chemistry

The primary goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and pr ovide t hem w ith t he c onceptual f ramework, f actual know ledge, a nd a nalytical s kills necessary t o de al c ritically w ith t he r apidly c hanging s cience of bi ology. T he course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. The material of study for Biology (SL) will include the following topics: biochemistry, cells, genetics, nucleic acids, proteins, evolution, ecology and e volution, ecology a nd conservation, a nd hum an he alth ph ysiology. T he c ourse w ould c onsist of l ecture, t eacher-designed l abs, s tudent-designed l abs a nd ot her types of e xperimental l earning. This c ourse includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

3436 IB Biology HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Biology SL

The g oal of t his c ourse i s t o he lp s tudents g ain a n a ppreciation of s cience a s a pr ocess a nd provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to de al c ritically w ith t he r apidly changing s cience of bi ology. T his s econd year of bi ology includes extensions of the Biology SL topics with the addition of the following: defense against infectious di seases, hu man r eproduction, ne rves, m uscles, m ovement, e xcretion, a nd pl ant science. The cour se con sists of l ecture, teacher-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

3432 IB Chemistry sL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreAP or PIP/Biology or PreAP or PIP/Chemistry

This c ourse, d esigned f or s tudents w ith a d epth of unde rstanding o f f undamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study a nd creativity w ithin g lobal c ontext w hich w ill s timulate a nd c hallenge s tudents. T he course will c ontribute t o t he s tudents’ ability t o a nalyze, evaluate, and synthesize s cientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and i n w riting w ith c larity and l ogic. The c ourse i ncludes t he f ollowing t opics of s tudy: Stoichiometry, atomic theory and a tomic m odels, pe riodicity, bondi ng, s tates of m atter, solutions, e nergetics, ki netics, e quilibrium, a cids a nd ba ses, ox idation a nd r eduction, or ganic chemistry, e nvironmental c hemistry, a nd f uels and energy. This course encourages a n understanding of t he r elationships be tween scientific di sciplines and the overarching na ture o f the s cientific m ethod. In a n e ffort t o de velop s tudents’ e xperimental a nd i nvestigative s kills,

61

40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities. A multi-disciplinary group project is a component of this class.

3433 IB Chemistry HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . IB Chemistry SL

This course, d esigned f or s tudents w ith a d epth of understanding of f undamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity w ithin global c ontext w hich will s timulate a nd challenge s tudents. The course w ill c ontribute t o t he s tudents’ ability t o a nalyze, e valuate, and s ynthesize s cientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course reviews the topics of study covered in SL as a core-- stoichiometry, atomic the ory a nd a tomic models, periodicity, bon ding, states o f ma tter, solutions, e nergetic, ki netics, e quilibrium, a cids a nd ba ses, ox idation a nd r eduction, or ganic chemistry--but also continues with the topics in greater depth. HL students are expected to study additional t opics a nd t o s tudy extension m aterial of a m ore de manding na ture t han S L. T his course e ncourages a n un derstanding of t he r elationships be tween s cientific di sciplines a nd t he overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop s tudents’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities and independent investigations. A multi-disciplinary group project is also a component of this class.

3434 IB Physics SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreAP and PIP Biology /Chemistry, PreAP or PIP/ Physics

Physics is the s tudy of the relationship be tween m atter a nd e nergy. T he s tudent w ill be introduced t o fundamental c oncepts i n t he a reas of m echanics, w ave actions, he at, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. S tudents will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability t o a sk ph ysical q uestions a nd t o obt ain s olutions t o t hose que stions b y us e of ph ysical intuition, experimental inve stigation, and f ormal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of ph ysics t o ot her di sciplines a nd t o s ocietal i ssues. K nowledge of a lgebra a nd basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that c over a r ange of t opics a nd s kills i ncluding a m ulti-disciplinary group s cience project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information.

62

3438 IB Physics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Physics SL

In this second year of the study of physics, the student will encounter further extensions of the fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear ph enomena. O bservations of t he l aws o f f orce a nd m otion, t he na ture of l ight, w ave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. In a ddition, t he s tudent w ill s tudy t opics on r elativity, opt ics, a nd a strophysics. S tudents w ill develop experimental and investigative s cientific s kills, including a n a bility to a sk physical questions and to obt ain solutions t o t hose questions b y use of ph ysical i ntuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and basic trigonometry is required for the cour se. B asic i deas of cal culus m ay be introduced i n t he s tudy of s ome c oncepts. In a n effort t o de velop s tudents’ e xperimental a nd i nvestigative s kills, a t l east 40% of a s tudent’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of topics a nd skills i ncluding a mul ti-disciplinary group s cience pr oject. L aboratory investigations w ill he lp t he s tudent de velop a n a bility t o a nalyze, e valuate, a nd s ynthesize scientific information.

63

GROUP 5: MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 3422 Mathematical Studies SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and/or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 & 2, Geometry, PreIP/PreAP recommended

Mathematical S tudies SL is a one-year cour se that can be offered to s tudents with a variety of abilities a nd a cademic ba ckground. S tudents ne ed a f oundation i n ba sic m ath s kills a nd processes. This course will r eview A lgebra 1, Geometry, a nd A lgebra 2. T he course w ill investigate num erous r eal l ife ex amples w here m athematics w ill be us ed to answer que stions, make generalizations, and make predictions. The s tudents will appreciate the mathematics that can be applied to other subject areas, to common general world occurrences, and to topics that relate to the s tudents interest. T opics of s tudy i nclude: el ementary co ordinate and analytic geometry, equations and inequalities, functions (linear, piece, step, quadratic, polynomial, radical and r ational), exponential a nd l ogarithmic functions, c onics, t rigonometric f unctions, ve ctors, sequences and series, programming, statistics an d probability, a nd i ntroduction t o di fferential calculus. The statistical option will be used for further study. International math symbols will be applied t o s tandard formulas a nd t o basic math definitions to prepare students for the International Baccalaureate exam. This course includes a project that allows students to compile, organize, and analyze a real-world situation in a mathematical context.

3422 Mathematics SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP/PreIP or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2 and Pre-

Calculus This is a two-year course taken in the junior and senior years by students planning to include mathematics as a major component of their studies, either as a subject itself or within courses such as physics, engineering, and technology. Students are expected to have a solid foundation in mathematics and be competent in a wide range of analytical and technical skills. This course will review Algebra, Geometry, and Algebra 2. Methods concentrate on the application of theory to real environmental situations. Topics of study include: set and number theory, elementary coordinate geometry, equations and inequalities, functions, (linear, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical, and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometry, vectors sequences and series, binomial theorem, statistics and probability. Students are required to work independently and develop an investigation mode, which can be applied to other subject areas, to common world occurrences and to topics that relate to the self-interest of students. The course includes a portfolio based on different areas of the syllabus.

64

3424 Mathematics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2, and IB/H Pre-Calculus

and PreCalculus BC This two-year course begins with the study of IB Honors PreCalculus in the junior year and AP Calculus BC in the senior year. In choosing this course, s tudents will be expecting to include mathematics as a major component of their university studies, either as a subject in its own right or w ithin c ourses s uch as ph ysics, e ngineering and t echnology. O thers m ay t ake t his s ubject because t hey ha ve a s trong i nterest i n mathematics and enjoy meeting i ts challenges and engaging with its problems.

The nature of the subject is such that it focuses on developing important mathematical concepts in a c omprehensible, c oherent a nd r igorous w ay. T his i s a chieved b y m eans of a c arefully balanced approach. S tudents are encouraged to apply their mathematical knowledge to solving problems s et i n a va riety of m eaningful c ontexts. D evelopment of e ach t opic s hould f eature justification and proof of results. S tudents embarking on t his course should expect to develop insight into mathematical form and structure, and should be intellectually equipped to appreciate the links between concepts in different topic areas. They should also be encouraged to develop the skills needed to continue their mathematical growth in other learning environments.

The i nternally a ssessed component, t he por tfolio, of fers s tudents a framework f or d eveloping independence in their mathematical learning through engaging in mathematical investigation and mathematical mod eling. S tudents w ill be pr ovided w ith oppor tunities to t ake a c onsidered approach t o t hese a ctivities, a nd t o e xplore di fferent w ays o f a pproaching a pr oblem. T he portfolio also allows students to work without the time constraints of a written examination and to develop skills in communicating mathematical ideas.

This course is a demanding one, requiring students to study a broad range of mathematical topics through a number of different approaches and to varying degrees of depth.

65

3426/3428 IB Computer Science SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of computer science (PreAP or AP level)

Computer Science explores the design of computer systems; the hardware and the software that make them perform a given task us ing appropriate t echnology. S tudents will have experience using language translators such as DOS, Java, Java Applets, and THML. T hey will use correct syntax, de scribe t he f unction of l anguage translators, a nd us e t he c orrect t ranslators g iven a prescribed s cenario. T he s tudents w ill be a ble t o di scuss t he a dvantages a nd di sadvantages of single-user system versus a networked system. They will have experience with both. They will be able to discuss the repercussions of shared resources, database management, interactive and batch processing.

Students w ill be e xpected t o w rite pr ograms us ing a n obj ect-oriented approach. T hey w ill consider data storage demands, hardware and peripheral equipment requirements. S tudents will be able to trace algorithms in IB psuedo-code (PURE) and be able to evaluate software designs and a lgorithms w ritten i n IB ps uedo-code (PURE) f or t heir s uitability f or a given t ask. T ime spent on t he p rogram dossier i s a n i mportant pa rt of t he course a nd w ill be ut ilized t o demonstrate mastery of the programming language of the course (JAVA) *This course may not be taken in place of a required mathematics course.

66

GROUP 6: FINE ARTS

3466/3467/3465 IB Art/Design SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Art grade 9 or 10

The IB Art/Design course is designed to give the students an opportunity to develop and present a pe rsonal vi sual a rt e xhibit a nd r esearch w orkbook. T hey will be e xpected t o i ncorporate acquired skills, a va riety of media and methods, critical t hinking, i ncreased awareness of both immediate a nd global e nvironment, imagination, and creativity. Art h istory, criticism a nd aesthetics w ill be a n integral pa rt of the c urriculum. The A rt/Design program w ill pr ovide opportunities f or de velopment of a por tfolio a nd r esearch w orkbook, which de monstrate a n understanding of technical skills, creativity, visual awareness, studio production, and pursuit of quality.

The IB Art/Design Program will provide the s tudent the oppor tunity to complete the S tandard Level or to begin the Higher Level course a t th e juni or level. IB candidates w ho c hoose t he Standard Level will select from Option A (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) or Option B ( 70% R esearch W orkbooks a nd 30% Studio Work). T he S tandard Level m ay be completed as a junior or senior if at level II in art. Senior students working for the Higher Level Options (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) will begin work on the Higher Level as a junior, but must complete another two semesters during their senior year to satisfy necessary hours.

3462/3463 IB Theatre Arts SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Theatre Arts 1-P or Theatre Production 1-D in

grade 9 or 10 The IB Theatre Arts program is designed to give the students the opportunity to understand the significance of the art and to develop an appreciation of theatre by creating it and studying it. This program is designed to involve the whole student; body and mind. In addition, students will be provided an opportunity to explore the rich historical, societal, and cultural significance of theatre throughout the world. IB candidates have the option of completing the Standard Level program consisting of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio. The Higher Level program consists of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio and Individual Project.

67

3460/3461 IB Music SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .One year of Band, Choir, Orchestra, or comparable private

music instruction in grade 9 and 10 The IB Music program is designed to offer students an opportunity to develop skills of analysis through exposure to a broad range of music styles, with emphasis on western art (classical) music. Students also explore traditional and popular music, culminating in a study of music of two diverse cultures. IB Music provides an opportunity for students to broaden their musical knowledge in preparation for career in music performance, composition, or pedagogy. The Standard Level can be completed as a junior or senior. Higher Level studies are recommended for students considering a music career and require a minimum of three semesters. SL level students are required to complete either a performance or composition unit to satisfy the program requirement. HL students must both perform as a soloist and complete a composition component.

3464/3469 IB Dance SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Dance in Grade 9 or 10

This course is designed to help students to understand dance as a set of practices with their own histories and theories which integrate physical, intellectual and emotional knowledge; experience dance as an individual and collective exploration of the expressive possibilities of bodily movement; understand and appreciate mastery in various dance styles, traditions, and cultures; understand the forms dance takes in styles, traditions and cultures other than their own; and recognize and use dance to create dialogue among the various traditions and cultures in their school environment, their society and the world at large.

IB Dance will provide the student the opportunity to complete the Standard Level or Higher Level. Both levels require 2 years of study (junior and senior year). Both the SL and HL include 3 parts to their IB assessment: Performance (40%), Composition and Analysis (40%), and World Dance Studies (20%). Students are expected to have at least 1 year of coursework in Dance during high school, with 2 years preferred. Formal study outside of the regular school day/during the summer is required by the IBO.

68

4920

TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS

Students who elect to take a technology applications course must have mastered the K-8 Technology Applications TEKS, therefore students must be proficient in basic keyboarding, computer, word processing, and graphics skills prior to enrolling in one of the courses listed below. The technology applications courses present a high level, fast-paced focus either with an in-depth concentration on one specialized technology field or covering advanced skills within a larger technology course area.

* Denotes that a form for approval is required prior to registering for the course. Fundamentals of Computer Science Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: Proficiency in the knowledge skills relating to Technology

Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

4900PA

grade;

Fundamentals of Computer Science is intended as a first course for those students just beginning the study of computer science. Students will learn about the computing tools that are used every day. Students will foster their creativity and innovation through opportunities to design, implement, and present solutions to real-world problems. Students will collaborate and use computer science concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. Students will learn the problem-solving and reasoning skills that are the foundation of computer science. By using computer science knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of computer science through the study of technology operations and concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Computer Science 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 (B Average Recommended) and

AP strategies are used in this course to prepare students for college level computer science classes. Computer Science 1 provides s tudents w ith a n opportunity to master high-level programming l anguage concepts, to unde rstand computer a rchitecture, and t o a pply pr oblem solving t o a va riety o f applications b y d esigning a nd i mplementing a ppropriate pr ogramming solutions. Using common algorithms programming languages such as Java, students will create solutions t hat are well structured, efficient, and modular in nature. Students w ill also use programs such as Alice to apply logic and object movement in 3D environments, and robotics for programming applied to real world objects. While developing program solutions, students will:

Mastery of Grades 6-8 Technology Applications TEKS

69

(1) select appropriate data structures (2) use graphics to enhance program displays (3) create readable programs (4) learn program maintenance (5) develop skills in debugging programs

Students will have the opportunity to view Internet sites related to Computer Science and to publish their work using class-generated products. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

4900 Computer Science 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 (B Average Recommended) and

Grades 6-8 Technology Applications TEKS Computer S cience 1 p rovides s tudents w ith a n o pportunity t o m aster hi gh-level pr ogramming language concepts, t o u nderstand computer architecture, a nd t o a pply problem s olving t o a variety of a pplications by designing a nd i mplementing appropriate pr ogramming s olutions. Using common algorithms programming languages such as Java, students will create solutions that are well structured, efficient, and modular in nature. Students will also use programs such as Alice t o apply logic a nd obj ect m ovement i n 3D e nvironments. W hile de veloping pr ogram solutions, students will:

Mastery of

(1) select appropriate data structures (2) use graphics to enhance program displays (3) create readable programs (4) learn program maintenance (5) develop skills in debugging programs

Students will have the opportunity to view Internet sites related to Computer Science and to publish their work using class-generated products. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

4901 AP Computer Science Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Computer Science 1 or PreAP Computer Science 1 or

(B Average Recommended), Geometry

or

The A P C omputer Science A dvanced Placement cour se i s a college l evel cour se t hat of fers students the opportunity to master high-level programming language concepts using the Java and

Algebra 2 (B Average Recommended) This c ourse m ay s atisfy a m ath gr aduation requirement cr edit ( see you r cou nselor f or details).

70

basic algorithms. Building on a l ibrary of reusable code, s tudents will solve large problems by separating them into modules.

The curriculum is structured to meet the course requirements, as stated by The College Board AP Course Description for Computer Sciences, ( http://www.collegeboard.com), a nd to pr epare students for the Advanced Placement, Computer Science - A exam.

The AP program is a cooperative effort with The College Board and college credit (1 semester)

may be awarded upon successful completion of the A Level AP exam. Each college or university establishes i ts AP credit/placement pr actices. Students are r esponsible for the examination fee, plus the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See teacher for costs on your campus.

4903 Computer Science 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite…………... Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade; AND Algebra I AND

Computer Science II will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve the problems presented throughout the course. Through data analysis, students will identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use computer science concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. By using computer science knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of computer science through the study of technology operations, systems, and concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

either Computer Science or Fundamentals of Computer Science.

3426, 3428 IB Computer Science SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Computer Science

Computer S cience ex plores t he de sign of com puter s ystems; t he ha rdware and the s oftware t hat make them perform a given task using appropriate technology. Students will have experience using language t ranslators s uch a s D OS, Java, Java Applets, a nd H TML. T hey will us e c orrect s yntax, describe t he function of l anguage t ranslators, a nd us e t he c orrect t ranslators g iven a pr escribed

71

Robotics Programming and Design

4932

Game Programming and Design 4928

scenario. The students will be able to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of single-user system versus a networked system. They will have experience with both. They will be able to discuss the repercussions of shared resources, database management, interactive and batch processing.

Students will be expected to write programs using an object-oriented approach. They will consider data storage demands, hardware and peripheral equipment requirements. Students will be able to trace algorithms in Java and be able to evaluate software designs and algorithms written in Java for their suitability for a given task. Time spent on the program dossier is an important part of the course and will be utilized to demonstrate mastery of the programming language of the course (Java). Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

*This course may not be taken in place of a required mathematics course.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite…………….Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

Robotics Programming and Design will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful robotic programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve problems in designing and programming robots. Through data analysis, students will identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use robotic concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. By using robotic knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of robotics through the study of physics, robotics, automation, and engineering design concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

grade

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND Algebra I

72

Mobile Application Development

4930

Game Programming and Design will foster student creativity and innovation by presenting students with opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve gaming problems. Through data analysis, students will include the identification of task requirements, plan search strategies, and use programming concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to design games. By acquiring programming knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will create a computer game that is presented to an evaluation panel. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Unit Prerequisite…………..Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND

Mobile Application Development will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and deliver meaningful projects using mobile computing devices. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve problems presented throughout the course. Through data analysis, studentswill identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use software development concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to program mobile devices. By using software design knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of mobile application development through the study of development platforms, programming languages, and software design standards. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

Algebra I

73

4924 Digital Art and Animation Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite……………. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th 7th grade AND

Digital Art and Animation is an introductory course in design, typography, and imaging techniques. This course includes topics such as digital composition, color, imaging, editing, and animation. Students will create computer images and animations with digital imaging software. Digital Art and Animation has applications in many careers, including graphic design, advertising, web design, animation, corporate communications, illustration, character development, script writing, storyboarding, directing, producing, inking, project management, editing, and the magazine, television, film, and game industries. Students in this course will produce various real-world projects and animations. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Art 1 (May be waived based on portfolio review or art teacher recommendation.)

4926

Digital Video and Audio Design Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite………….. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND

Digital Video and Audio Design students will plan, create, edit, and produce audio and video products. Video and audio production is probably the most universally known of all media and is an integral component of many technology applications. The process of editing creates a specialmood, tempo, and pace to enhance the subject matter. Video and audio production is not only instructional and analytical, but also artistic. Students will learn the video and audio basics as well as participate in pre-production, production, and post-production stages of video and audio creation, distribution, and evaluation of the product. Students will work with real world projects and participate in video and audio production of campus, district, and local events. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

NOTE: This class may not be offered at all Klein ISD high schools.

Digital Video and Audio Design teacher recommendation (contact the DVAD teacher for the necessary recommendation application form)

74

4922

4938 Web Design Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology

Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

Web Design is an introductory course in web design. To enroll in this course, students should be computer literate and have the basic electronic productivity skills relating to word processing, working with graphics, spreadsheets, databases, presentation tools, and Internet browsers. Students will learn the foundations of creating, accessing, and managing information on the Internet with a focus on design principles. They will acquire experience in working with large amounts of data across the Internet. Students will make web pages, manage web folders on a server, learn to evaluate digital format, and improve their electronic communication and research skills. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

grade

Digital Design and Media Production

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite………….. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND Journalism 1 AND 2 years Yearbook/ Newspaper staff experience AND

Yearbook/Newspaper sponsor approval

Digital Design and Media Production students will demonstrate a thorough understanding of digital design principles that is transferable to other disciplines. Digital Design and Media Production combines the skills of electronic design, editing, and production of a product using a variety of hardware and software tools. This project-based course focuses on real-world audiences as customers. Students will learn to use a collection of software tools and design techniques to create a yearbook, newspaper or other formatted products using print, online, photography and videography skills. Students enrolled in this course will be members of either the yearbook staff or the newspaper staff and are expected to participate in advertising campaigns that include selling advertisements in the community and covering or reporting on after-school activities as assigned. Digital Design and Media Production is an alternate course designation for those students in which Yearbook and Newspaper courses and Technology Applications Independent Study have been completed. (NOTE: The high school technology applications desktop publishing 8th grade course in intermediate school is not a prerequisite for high school journalism, yearbook, or newspaper, nor should it be

75

misconstrued as a course leading to high school journalism, yearbook, or newspaper. A prerequisite for students interested in applying for Yearbook or Newspaper is Journalism 1). Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

4907 Technology Applications Independent Study Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Any Technology Applications Course in which the student

is continuing at the independent study level and

The Independent Study course provides opportunities for students desiring to continue in the acquisition of multimedia, telecommunications, or programming skill sets. Students will build portfolios, solve problems, and create products for school and community. Instructional design principles and software skill sets relevant to instruction and interwoven into real products are the focus of this course. This course is designed for the continuation of a course that students have completed in Technology Applications. For example, this study could be for a student learning Computer Science following AP Computer Science or Computer Science 3, or learning and applying more advanced technology applications knowledge and skills in problem-solving situations in a course following Digital Design and Media Production, Digital Art and Animation, or a Digital Video and Audio Design course. The Independent Study course is a project-based course that continues a student’s particular course of study (examples: Yearbook student in Independent Study serving as editor of Yearbook, Web mastering student serving as school web master or for a school organization, Computer Science studying higher level programming with specific portfolio expectations, etc.). All result in a real world project where the skills are applied, a product is produced, or a panel or event presentation occurs. This course is included among the courses that qualify as an option III academic elective credit. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Teacher Recommendation*

76

4936

Evolving and Emerging Technologies Independent Study Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Any Technology Applications Course in which the student

is continuing at the independent study level and

The Independent Study, Evolving and Emerging Technologies course provides opportunities for students desiring to participate in the research and development of evolving and emerging technologies. This is an independent level of study in which the student will participate in one or more of the following with the campus or district, a community business, or an organization: a) i nternship, b) research a nd publ ication/presentation, and/or c) out o f classroom project. Students will build portfolios, solve problems, and create products for school and community. Instructional design principles and software skill sets relevant to instruction and interwoven into real products are the focus of this course. This course is designed for the continuation of a course that students have completed in Technology Applications. For example, this study could be for a student learning Computer Science following AP Computer Science or Computer Science 3, or learning and applying more advanced technology applications knowledge and skills in problem-solving situations in a course following Digital Design and Media Production, Digital Art and Animation, or a Digital Video and Audio Design course. This Independent Study course is a project-based course that continues a student’s particular course of study (adapting current technologies for new purposes, creating new technology processes and products, internships with technology companies, etc.). All result in a real world project where the skills are applied, a product is produced, or a panel or event presentation occurs. This course is included among the courses that qualify as an option III academic elective credit. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Teacher Recommendation*

77

HEALTH 1605 Health Education Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course includes a study of the following topics: Wellness Nutrition Exposure to Effects of the Use of Alcohol, Tobacco and Other Drugs Fitness and Exercise Consumer Awareness Prevention and Treatment of Communicable Diseases, Including Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Chronic and Degenerative Diseases Community and Environmental Health Community Health Resources Stress Management Mental Health Human Sexuality and Family Living Health Careers Current Health Issues

During t he course of i nstruction i n t his c lass, t he t extbooks, a udiovisual m aterials, a nd lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These t opics a re d esigned t o i nform a nd i nstruct onl y and not t o e nforce or di minish t he individual's personal or religious attitudes. 1605LES Health Education, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite: . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This c ourse f or E SL s tudents i ncludes a s tudy of he alth t opics w ith a n e mphasis on t he vocabulary and concepts such as: Wellness Nutrition Exposure to Effects of the Use of Alcohol, Tobacco and Other Drugs Fitness and Exercise Consumer Awareness Prevention and Treatment of Communicable Diseases, Including Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Chronic and Degenerative Diseases Community and Environmental Health Community Health Resources Stress Management Mental Health Human Sexuality and Family Living

78

Health Careers Current Health Issues During t he course of instruction i n t his class, the t extbooks, audiovisual m aterials, a nd lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These t opics a re d esigned to inform a nd i nstruct onl y and not t o e nforce or di minish t he individual's personal or religious attitudes. The course will cover the basic essential elements of t he r egular H ealth E ducation c ourse w ith a n e mphasis on a va riety of m ethods a nd modalities for instruction. 1606 Advanced Health Education Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Health Education

This course is designed for t he student with a high interest in the field of human medicine/health sciences. It is designed to acquaint the student with the mor e de tailed aspects of gross anatomy and physiology as well as providing in-depth information concerning various health related careers. It shall include the following: Skills that foster individual health Use of a systematic approach to acquire health information Development of skills that affect the well-being of people collectively Topics include the following: Skeletal Muscular Neurological Internal anatomy Presentations by professionals in fields of: Family medicine Physical therapy Psychology Surgical specialists EMTs

79

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

F-1607, M-1609 Physical Education 1A Foundations of Personal Fitness Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Foundations of Personal Fitness represent a new approach in physical education and the concept of personal fitness. The basic purpose of this course is to motivate students to strive for lifetime personal f itness with an em phasis on the health -related components of physical fitness. The knowledge and skills taught in th is course inclu de teaching students abo ut the process of becom ing fit as well as achieving some degree of fitness within the class. The concept of wellness o r striv ing to reach optim al levels of health is th e corners tone of this course and is exemplified by one of the course objectives- students designing their own personal fitness programs.

F-1612, 1613, F-1608, M-1610, 1617 Physical Education IS, IS2-Individual Sports/TS, TS2 - Team Sports Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students in Individual Sports are expected to participate in a wide range of individual sports that can be purs ued for a lif etime. The continued development of health-r elated fitness and the selection of individual s port activities that are enjoyable is a major objective of this course. This course could include, but would not be limited to, th e f ollowing elements: Archery, Badminton, Physical Fitness, Aerobics, Tennis, Swimming, Golf, Weight Training, Conditioning, Track and Field, Table Tennis, as well as the individual skills necessary to participate in some team sports.

Students en rolled in team sports are expected to develop health-related fitness and an appreciation for tea mwork and fair play. Like the other high school physical education courses, Team Sports is less concerned with the acquisition of physical fitness during the course than reinforcing the concept of incor porating physical activity into a lifestyle beyond high school. This course coul d include but would not be lim ited to the following elem ents. Basketball, Volleyball, Flag Football, Softball, Soccer, as well as a wide range of individual skills necessary to participate in a variety of physical activities.

80

F-1612; M-1613 Boys' and Girls' Athletics Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum of 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Coach Approval

Each of the athletes will work out for their sport during their athletic period and also after school. Students can double in two sports at the same time if it can be coordinated with the coaches. The student may earn no more than two units of credit in physical education toward state graduation requirements. There are a number of sports offered for the students in Klein ISD. Athletic Trainer, Baseball, B asketball, C ross Country, Football, Golf, Softball, Soccer, Swimming, Tennis, Track, Volleyball, and Wrestling. Students particip ating in Athletics will be scheduled into an athletic period. Tryouts and/or off season programs may be a requirement for participation in some sports. A/O; A/O2

Physical Education A/O, A/O2-Adventure/Outdoor Education Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Students enrolled in Adventure/Outdoor Education are expected to develop competency in outdoor education activities that provide opportunities for enjoyment and challenge. The selection of activities will include but not limited to, the following elements orienteering, fishing, and hiking that will also promote a respect for the environment and that can be enjoyed for a lifetime.

AA, AA2 Physical Education AA, AA2-Aerobic Activities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Students enrolled in aerobic activities are exposed to a variety of activities that promote health-related fitness. A major expectation of this course is for the student to design a personal fitness program that uses aerobic activities as a foundation. The selection of activities will include but not limited to, the following elements; aerobic dance, aqua aerobics, jogging, power walking, and step aerobics.

81

SPORTS MEDICINE

1659 Sports Medicine 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Application and Athletic Trainer Approval

This course is an introductory level class that introduces students into the field of Athletic Training and affiliated areas dealing with sports medicine. The objective of this class is to expose the students to the field of athletic training and its demands. Topics covered include CPR and Emergency First Aid, effects on the body from being injured and the anatomy and physiology of the lower body and associated injuries. Involvement in this course will require after school and weekend commitment.

1660 Sports Medicine 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Application and Athletic Trainer Approval

This course is an upper level course that builds on the information learned in Sports Medicine 1. The objective of this class is to complete the student’s exposure to the field of athletic training and its demands. Topics covered include the Anatomy and Physiology of the upper body and Rehabilitation Principles and Techniques to effected regions of the body. Current trends and concepts involving Sports Medicine will also be covered. Involvement in this course will require after school and weekend commitment.

82

FINE ARTS

(Advanced placement in Visual Arts and Theatre Arts courses requires demonstrated mastery of essential elements of prerequisite courses and exceptional talent.)

VISUAL ART

3100 Art 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . None

Art 1 is a foundation course for study in the visual arts. S tudents will examine both natural and man-made objects, explore art elements (line, value, texture, color, form and space), and apply art pr inciples ( unity, e mphasis, ba lance, va riety, m ovement, a nd pr oportion) i n designing, de veloping, a nd c reating or iginal a rtworks ( drawing, p ainting, pr intmaking a nd sculpture media). S tudents will study the artworks of contemporary and past artists and that of f ellow s tudents t o e nhance t heir a ppreciation of a rt c ulture a nd he ritage a nd t o de velop visual di scrimination and evaluative s kills in applying a esthetic jud gments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. Only one unit of credit is available at the Art 1 level. Up to two units of credit are available at the Art 2 level. Selections may be made from the following courses. 3104 Art 2 – Drawing Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The e mphasis of t his c ourse i s on bui lding t he pe rceptual, a esthetic, a nd t echnical s kills required in drawing using wet and dry techniques. S tudents will also study art culture and heritage i n or der t o de velop a ppreciation, di scrimination, a nd e valuative s kills i n applying aesthetic jud gments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. 3105 Art 2 – Painting Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on t he continuous building of the elements and principals of design and on the perceptual, aesthetic, and technical skills required in painting with opaque and transparent media. Students will also study art culture and heritage in order to develop appreciation, discrimination, and evaluative skills in applying aesthetic judgments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

83

3106 Art 2 – Photography Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on black and white 35 mm photography. Students work with the el ements and principles of ar t as t hey ex plore t he aes thetic and technical as pects of photography. S tudents w ill s tudy c ontemporary a nd pa st phot ographs a nd t hat of fe llow students t o de velop a n a ppreciation f or t he m edium a s a f ine a rt, w ill m ake vi sual discriminations, and will ma ke a esthetic judgm ents. In photography, students are responsible for the costs of materials used in projects they take home and must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies. 3107 Art 2 – Ceramics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

In this course students continue the examination of both natural and man made objects and pursue i n m ore de pth t he e lements and pr inciples of de sign and t he c reation of or iginal artworks using a variety of ceramic media. D evelopment of the appreciation of art culture and he ritage a nd t he d evelopment of vi sual di scrimination a nd e valuative s kills i n m aking aesthetic judgments are also emphasized. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. 3108 Art 2 - Sculpture Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The e mphasis of t his c ourse i s on bui lding t he pe rceptual, a esthetic, a nd t echnical skills required in sculpture. Three-dimensional activities will involve the use of different sculptural media and may include ceramics, metal, paper, plaster, and wire. Students will work with the elements and principles of art to expand art knowledge and application skills, appreciation of art culture and heritage. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

84

Art 3 Level Courses Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of a Parallel Art 2 Course

Up to three units of credit from varied combinations of courses listed below are available at the Art 3 level. All courses emphasize the conceptual and technical skills required by the media specified in the course title. Art culture and heritage, the development of aesthetic judgment, and aesthetic appreciation are also stressed. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

Art 3 - Drawing (1 Unit) (3110) Art 3 - Fibers (1 Unit) (3112) Art 3 - Painting (1 Unit) (3111) Art 3 - Ceramics (1 Unit) (3113)

*Art 3 - Photography (1 Unit) (3116) Art 3 - Sculpture (1 Unit) (3114) Art 3 - Jewelry (1 Unit) (3115)

*In photography, students must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies. Art 4 Level Courses Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of a Parallel Art 3 Course

Up to three units of credit from varied combinations of courses listed below are available at the Art IV level. These are advanced courses with emphasis on the understanding and application of visual arts design elements and principles, technical skills, art cultural heritage, and the critical evaluation of art work. Career exploration and portfolio development are components of all courses. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

Art 4 - Drawing (1 Unit) (3121) Art 4 - Fibers (1 Unit) (3123) Art 4 - Painting (1 Unit) (3122) Art 4 - Ceramics (1 Unit) (3124) *Art 4 - Photography (1 Unit) (3127) Art 4 - Sculpture (1 Unit) (3125) Art 4 - Jewelry (1 Unit) (3126)

*In photography, students must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies.

3132 Art 4 Advanced Placement Two-Dimensional Design Portfolio Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The A rt 4 Advanced Placement T wo-Dimensional D esign P ortfolio c ourse e nables hi ghly motivated s tudents t o d o c ollege-level w ork i n studio a rt w hile s till i n high s chool. T he course involves significantly more time and commitment than most high school art courses and is intended for students seriously committed to studying art. The evaluation for college credit of students enrolled in the Art 4 AP course is not based on a written examination.

85

Two-Dimensional D esign P ortfolio: T his por tfolio i s i ntended t o a ddress a ve ry br oad interpretation of tw o-dimensional de sign i ssues. T his t ype of de sign i nvolves pur poseful decision-making about how to use the elements and principles of art in an integrative way. For this portfolio, s tudents are asked to demonstrate proficiency in two-dimensional design using a va riety of a rt f orms. T hese c ould i nclude, but a re not l imited to, g raphic de sign, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design, illustration, painting, and print making. Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers s elected by T he C ollege Board

. T he por tfolio i s submitted a s bot h original pieces and as 35 mm slides of selected pieces that represent the students' best works and a written statement defining the students' focus of concentration.

Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home and for preparing artwork included in the portfolio as well the AP examination fee. 3134 Art 4 Advanced Placement Three-Dimensional Design Portfolio Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The A rt 4 Advanced P lacement T hree-Dimensional P ortfolio c ourse e nables hi ghly motivated s tudents t o d o c ollege-level w ork i n studio a rt w hile s till i n high s chool. T he course involves significantly more time and commitment than most high school art courses and i s i ntended f or s tudents s eriously c ommitted t o t he s tudy of art. T he e valuation f or college c redit of s tudents e nrolled i n t he A rt IV A P c ourse i s not ba sed on a w ritten examination. Three-Dimensional D esign Portfolio: T his p ortfolio i s i ntended t o a ddress a br oad interpretation of s culptural i ssues i n depth and s pace. Such e lements and concepts can b e articulated t hrough a dditive, s ubtractive, a nd/or f abrication pr ocesses. A va riety o f approaches m ight i nclude j ewelry, t raditional s culpture, a rchitectural m odels, a pparel, ceramics, fiber arts, or metal works. Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers s elected by t he C ollege B oard

. The T hree-Dimensional P ortfolio i s submitted in digital format via The College Board website. Selected pieces should represent the s tudents’ be st w orks a nd m ust be a ccompanied w ith a w ritten s tatement de fining t he students’ focus of concentration.

Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home as well as the AP examination fee.

86

3131 Art 4 Advanced Placement Drawing Portfolio Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The Art 4 Advanced Placement Drawing Portfolio course enables highly motivated students to do c ollege-level work i n dr awing w hile s till i n hi gh s chool. T he c ourse i nvolves significantly more t ime and commitment than most high school art courses and is intended for s tudents s eriously c ommitted t o the s tudy of a rt. A s i n e ach A rt 4 A P c ourse, t he evaluation is not based on a written examination. The Drawing Portfolio course is designed to address a very broad interpretation of drawing issues. F or example pa inting, pr intmaking, a bstract, a nd obs ervational w orks c ould be included in a drawing portfolio. The drawing portfolio allows for a more specific course of study tha t r eadily p arallels s pecialized drawing curriculums a nd programs in college and university art departments as well as in art schools. Works presented in the portfolio may have been produced in art c lasses or on t he s tudents own time and may cover a period longer than a single school year. W ork presented in any AP portfolio may not be included in other AP portfolios.

Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers selected by the College Board

. The Drawing Portfolio is submitted as both or iginal pi eces and i n di gital f ormat vi a t he C ollege Board website. Selected pieces should represent the students’ best works and portfolios must be accompanied with a written statement defining the students’ focus of concentration.

Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home and for preparing artwork included in the portfolio as well as the AP examination fee.

ART ADVANCED PLACEMENT CHART

AP PORTFOLIOS

SECTION I: Quality SECTION II: Concentration SECTION III: Breadth

ART 4 AP DRAWING PORTFOLIO

ART 4 AP TWO-DIMENTIONAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO

ART 4 AP THREE-DIMENTIONAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO

Five actual drawings; maximum size is 18” x 24”

Five actual works; maximum size is 18” x 24”

Five works; two images of each one submitted

12 digital images; some may be details

12 digital images; some may be details

12 digital images; some may be second views

12 works; one digital image of each is submitted

12 works; one digital image of each is submitted

Eight works; two digital images of each are submitted

87

3466, 3467 IB Art/Design SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Year of Art grade 9 or 10

The IB Art/Design course is designed to give the students an opportunity to develop and present a pe rsonal vi sual a rt s tatement c ontained i n a por tfolio a nd r esearch w orkbook. T hey w ill be expected to incorporate acqui red skills, a v ariety o f m edia and methods, c ritical t hinking, increased awareness of both immediate and global environment, imagination and creativity. Art History, criticism a nd aesthetics w ill be a n integral pa rt of the c urriculum. The A rt/Design program will provide opportunities for development of a portfolio and research workbook, which demonstrate an understanding of technical skills, creativity, visual awareness, studio production, and pursuit of quality.

IB A rt/Design P rogram w ill pr ovide t he s tudent t he oppor tunity t o complete t he S tandard Level or to begin the Higher Level course at the junior level. IB candidates who choose the Standard Level will select from Option A (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) or Option B (70% Research Workbooks and 30% Studio Work). The Standard Level may be completed as a junior or senior. Senior students working for the Higher Level Options (70% Studio W ork a nd 30% Research W orkbooks) will be gin w ork on t he H igher Level a s a junior, but must complete another two semesters during their senior year to satisfy necessary hours. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 3136 Art History Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Teacher Approval

Students will develop an understanding and knowledge o f a rchitecture, s culpture, painting, and ot her a rt f orms w ithin di verse hi storical a nd cultural c ontexts. The el ements of art, fundamental a rt historical terminology, and the t echnical process used in the production of artwork w ill a lso be s tudied. T his c ourse w ill pr epare s tudents f or t he C ollege Board Advanced Placement Art History examination.

CTE Courses for Fine Arts Credit

9053CT Formerly Floral Design and Advanced Floral Design Principles and Elements of Floral Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine f loral design in relation to arrangement of f lowers, foliage, a nd r elated pl ant m aterials f or i nterior l ocations. A lso i ncorporates bus iness pr actices and c areers i n t he f loral i ndustry. S tudents w ill be r esponsible for pu rchasing m aterials or

88

assessed a f ee as sociated with this cour se. Advanced T echnical C redit is a vailable t hrough community colleges in Texas.

THEATRE ARTS P-3299, T-3300 Theatre Arts 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Theatre Arts 1 is a foundation course which provides a general introduction and exposure to all f acets of t heatre a rts. T his cour se p romotes at tendance at l ive t heatrical ev ents and sophisticated analysis/evaluation of t heatrical experiences. T wo sections ar e of fered. Students may choose section (T) for an emphasis on t echnical theatre or section (P) for an emphasis on performance. B oth sections em phasize t he T exas E ssential K nowledge and Skills for Theatre Arts Level l. Section (P) - The course c urriculum f ocuses on t he e xpressive us e of t he bod y and voi ce, acting c oncepts/skills, t heatre pr oduction c oncepts/skills, a nd a esthetic g rowth t hrough appreciation of theatrical events. S pecific uni ts of s tudy include the following: r elaxation and preparatory t echniques, pantomime, s tage movement, voice and diction, improvisation, dramatic s tructure, analysis/interpretation of s cripts and characters, interdependence o f al l theatrical elements, technical t heatre, appreciation of t heatre, au dience e tiquette, and t he analysis/evaluation of theatrical experiences. Section (T)

- The c ourse c urriculum i ncludes t he f ollowing: d evelopment of s tage c raft skills; pr actice w ith theatre s afety te chniques; e xploration of s cenery, properties, lighting, costumes, m akeup, s ound, a nd t echnical t heatre r esearch a nd de sign; e xploration of publ ic relations; and, the recognition of career opportunities in technical theatre.

3302 Theatre Arts 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 1 (P)

Theatre Arts 2 focuses on the practical application of acting and theatre concepts and skills introduced in the Theatre Arts 1 survey course. Additionally, the course curriculum shall include the following: utilization of advanced characterization, exploration of classical and contemporary production styles, investigation and recognition of theatre career opportunities, exploration of specialized theatrical styles, development of directing and playwriting techniques, attendance at live theatrical experiences, and analysis and evaluation of theatrical experiences.

89

3303 Theatre Arts 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completions of Theatre Arts 2

Theatre A rts 3 further develops a nd refines t hose a cting and t heatre c oncepts a nd s kills outlined in the Theatre Arts 2 c ourse curriculum. T his advanced course is designed for the highly motivated theatre s tudent who wishes to pursue the s tudy of contemporary dramatic theory t hrough i ndividual s tudy, gr oup di scussion, a nd f ocused r esearch. A dditionally, students will be responsible for the production of a theatre project.

3304 Theatre Arts 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 3

Theatre Arts 4 is an advanced course t hat f urther de velops and refines t hose act ing and theatre concepts a nd s kills out lined i n t he T heatre A rts course c urricula. T his course i s designed f or t he hi ghly motivated t heatre s tudent w ho i s interested i n pur suing hi storical perspectives o f t heatre literature and i mproving di recting t echniques t hrough i ndividual study, script analysis, and focused research.

TECHNICAL THEATRE

3305 Technical Theatre 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 1 (T)

Technical T heatre 1 f urther de velops a nd r efines t hose c oncepts and s kills out lined i n t he Theatre A rts 1 ( T) curriculum. T his course i s designed for t he highly motivated t echnical theatre student who is interested in more sophisticated experiences and practical application of technical theatre elements. 3306 Technical Theatre 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Technical Theatre 1

Technical T heatre 2 c ontinues t o r efine t hose concepts a nd s kills out lined i n T echnical Theatre 1. This c ourse i s de signed f or t he s elf-motivated s tudents i nterested i n i ndividual study of a dvanced de sign t echniques a nd s kills and t he i ntegration a nd implementation of those designs and skills.

90

THEATRE PRODUCTION 3307, 3308, 3309, 3310, S3311, 3312, 3313, 3314 Theatre Production 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 4 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition (acting) or

Theatre P roduction 1 -4, scheduled dur ing the school da y, is a curricular l aboratory for t he exploration, de velopment, a nd s ynthesis of all t he e lements o f t heatre. Practical h ands-on experiences i n acting a nd s tagecraft are p rovided t hrough t he p reparation a nd publ ic performances of one or more plays. T he production of a play supplements the theatre arts and t echnical t heatre courses t hat c oncentrate o n t heories, i nformation, and t echniques b y providing for the integration and implementation of those ideas and skills.

Technical Portfolio (or examination)

Students meeting the entrance criteria may enroll in Theatre Production-D (major emphasis on Drama) or Theatre Production-S (major emphasis on stagecraft). Both options emphasize the essential elements for Theatre Production courses.

3462, 3463 IB Theatre Arts SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of One Year of Theatre Arts 1-P or

Theatre Production 1-D in grade 9 or 10 The IB Theatre Arts program is designed to give the students the opportunity to understand the significance of the art and to develop an appreciation of theatre by creating it and studying it. This program is designed to involve the whole student, body and mind. In addition, students will be provided an opportunity to explore the rich historical, societal, and cultural significance of theatre throughout the world. IB candidates have the option of completing the Standard Level program consisting of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio. The Higher Level program consists of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio and Individual Project.

91

MUSIC

Band 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The hi gh s chool ba nd is a m usical or ganization f or s tudents of w ind a nd percussion instruments. Klein offers multiple bands for students interested in instrumental music within the school day. Emphasis is placed on the development of cultural growth, critical listening, basic m usic t heory, i nstrument t echnique, c reative s elf-expression, m ental a nd ph ysical discipline, citizenship through group endeavors and physical conditioning. D uring football season t he va rious c oncert ba nds m eet after s chool t o make up t he m arching ba nd w hich performs at all varsity football games and selected contests. D uring concert season section rehearsals a re s cheduled af ter s chool one da y a week to prepare for con certs and cont ests. Attendance at al l rehearsals and performances i s r equired. Band placement i s de termined through auditions held in May, August, and at various times during the school year. Students must furnish their own marching shoes, personal instruments (flute, clarinet, alto saxophone, trumpet/cornet, t rombone), and mouthpiece or drum-sticks/mallets. For concert attire, girls must f urnish dr ess s hoes. B oys m ust f urnish t ux s hirt, bow t ie, a nd c ummerbund. B and membership is required for participation in the wind or percussion section of the orchestra.

3550 Fundamentals of Instrumental Music Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

This i s a ba nd c lass of fered f or s tudents ne eding a r eview of f undamentals be fore participating i n a pe rforming ba nd. T he e mphasis i s on bui lding a nd de veloping s kills necessary for membership in one of the four performing bands. P.E. credit is not awarded and this course may not be repeated.

Orchestra 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The hi gh s chool or chestra i s a m usical or ganization f or s tudents of s tringed i nstruments (violin, viola, cello, string bass and harp). All wind and percussion players who participate in f ull or chestra m ust be c urrent a ctive m embers of t he ba nd pr ogram. T he f ull or chestra rehearses outside the regular school day. A variety of musical settings from small chamber ensembles to full symphonic orchestral playing are experienced by the students. Emphasis is placed upon c ultural gr owth, ba sic m usic t heory, i nstrument t echniques, m usic r eading, evaluation of m usical pe rformance qua lity, and cr eative s elf-expression. T he or chestra participates i n c oncerts, contests, f estivals, a nd of ten c ombines w ith t he choir or ba nd f or special programs. S ection rehearsals are scheduled after school to prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. The district will furnish large string instruments for school use. Students must furnish violins and violas and the large

92

instruments for personal use. Boys must furnish performance attire including a tux shirt and black shoes. String bass players must be registered for orchestra to play in the band.

Choral Music 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school choir is a musical organization for students of voice. It is an essential part of a balanced music curriculum and consists of vocal experiences in boys choir, girls choir, and mixed choir. Emphasis is placed on the development of proper vocal techniques, the study of choral t echniques, ba sic m usic t heory, s ight-singing, music hi story and lite rature, creative self-expression, a nd voc al pe rformance. S ection rehearsals a re s cheduled after s chool t o prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Choir placement is determined through auditions held in May, August, and at various times during the school year. Boys must furnish a tux shirt and black shoes. 3650, 3651, 3652, 3653 Vocal Ensemble 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade: Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The hi gh s chool voc al ensemble i s a m usical organization f or s tudents of voi ce. It i s a complementing c ourse t o t he pa rent c horal or ganization. E mphasis is pl aced on t he expansion of singing experiences in a small vocal group, an opportunity to study a variety of styles and historical s tyles, a nd t he s tudy of e nsemble t echniques. O pportunities w ill be provided to perform ensemble music in class and in public. Section rehearsals are scheduled after s chool t o prepare f or conc erts and contests. A ttendance at a ll r ehearsals and performances is required. Students must furnish all concert attire if different from the parent choral organization.

3546, 3547, 3548, 3549 Jazz Band 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition and approval by Director

The high school jazz ensemble is a musical organization for students of wind, percussion and string ins truments. Emphasis is on the de velopment of c ultural g rowth, critical lis tening, basic m usic t heory, and i nstructional technique, creative s elf-expression t hrough j azz improvisation, m ental a nd ph ysical di scipline and c itizenship t hrough g roup e ndeavors. Students must furnish personal instruments, (alto saxophone, trumpet, trombone, guitar) and mouthpiece or dr umsticks/mallets. M embership i n a l arge e nsemble ( band, c hoir, and orchestra) i s r equired for pa rticipation in jazz ens emble. Attendance at all r ehearsals and performances i s r equired. S tudents m ust f urnish c oncert a ttire i f di fferent f rom t he pa rent music ensemble. Jazz ensemble may not be offered every semester at every campus.

93

3810, 3811 Applied Music 1, 2 (Individual Study) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

Enrollment in Applied Music is open to qualifying students who wish to pursue independent study i n m usic p erformance. E mphasis i s pl aced on pr ivate s tudy, s tudy of s olo l iterature, study o f t echnical l iterature, and a pe rformance ex amination. Concurrent E nrollment i n Band, Orchestra, or Choir is required. Near the end of each semester, each student is required to prepare and publicly perform the following for an appointed board of examiners. (1) two selections from the Approved Music List for Applied Music by memory, and, (2) technical studies a nd s cales i ndicative of appropriate a dvancing t echnical pr eparation commensurate with the memorized musical selections performed. Additional information may be obtained from the high school music department chairperson. 3821 Music Theory, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Teacher Approval

Music t heory i s a t echnical c ourse s tressing t he basic c omponents of m usic. E mphasis i s placed on basic pitch and rhythmic notation, scale structures, pitch intervals, chord structure and m ovement, pa rt w riting, e ar t raining, h armonization, a nd m usic c omposition. M usic theory i s ope n t o a dvanced m usic s tudents w ho a re m embers of a hi gh school pe rforming music organization or who are competent with a keyboard instrument. U pon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take an examination that gives them the opportunity to de monstrate t heir m astery of t he s kills a nd a bilities de veloped i n t he c ourse. T he Advanced P lacement ( AP) pr ogram i s a c ooperative e ffort w ith t he C ollege Board. U pon successful completion of t he e xamination, pa rticipating colleges may grant c redit a nd appropriate placement.

3460, 3461 IB Music SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Year of Band, Choir, Orchestra, or comparable private

music instruction in grade 9 or 10 The IB Music program is designed to offer students an opportunity to develop skills of analysis through exposure to a broad range of music styles, with emphasis on western art (classical) music. Students also explore traditional and popular music, culminating in a study of music of two diverse cultures. IB Music provides an opportunity for students to broaden their musical knowledge in preparation for career in music performance, composition, or pedagogy. The Standard Level can be completed as a junior or senior. Higher Level studies are recommended for students considering a music career and require a minimum of three semesters. SL level students are required to complete either a performance or composition unit to satisfy the program requirement. HL students must both perform as a soloist and complete a composition component.

94

DANCE

3900 Dance 1 “Introduction to Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The s tudents a re i ntroduced to t he fundamental skills of al l di sciplines o f dance. C reative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A s tudent may not earn state-approved c redit for both Dance 1 a nd Dance 1 ( Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required. 1840 Dance 1 “Drill Team Training” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The s tudents a re i ntroduced to t he fundamental skills of a ll di sciplines of dance. C reative expression a nd i nterpretation t hrough m ovement a re e xplored. T he Dance 1 Drill T eam training c ourse pr ovides a n e mphasis on s kills needed i n or der t o t ry o ut f or D rill T eam. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 1 and Dance 1 ( Drill Team). S tudents are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required. 3901 Dance 2 – “Exploring Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 1

The s tudents a re i ntroduced t o t he i ntermediate t echniques o f a ll di sciplines of da nce. Creative expression and interpretation through m ovement a re explored. D ance 2 is a Fine Arts e lective. A s tudent may not earn s tate-approved credit for both Dance 2 and Dance 2 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required 3902 Dance 3 - “Intermediate Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 2

The s tudents continue w ith intermediate t echniques of a ll di sciplines of da nce. C reative expression a nd i nterpretation t hrough m ovement a re e xplored. D ance 3 is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 3 and Dance 3 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required.

95

3903 Dance 4 - “Advanced Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 3

The s tudents c ontinue w ith m ore a dvanced t echnique i n a ll di sciplines of da nce. C reative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A s tudent may not earn state-approved c redit for both Dance 4 a nd Dance 4 ( Drill Team). Dance 4 receives advanced credit. Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required. Dance 1 - 4 – “Drill Team” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (Maximum of 4 units) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

This i s a pr ecision da nce group. They p erform at a ll f ootball h alf-time shows a nd v arious other special events such as basketball ha lf-times and parades. They compete a t dr ill team contests in the spring. Extra curricular is an important component connected to this course. There is also emphasis on community service involvement. Two years of participation in the after school Drill Team activity will satisfy the P.E. requirement for graduation. Dance (Drill Team) is a Fine Arts elective and Dance 4 receives advanced grade points. A student may not ear n state-approved credit f or bot h D ance 1 – 4 and the c orresponding Dance ( Drill Team) 1 – 4. Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required.

96

ELECTIVES 9978, 9979 Peer Assistance and Leadership for Future Teachers Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Selection upon Teacher Recommendation

This course is designed to encourage students with an interest in leadership for the teaching profession a s a pos sible c areer f or t he f uture. It w ill pr ovide f ield e xperience unde r t he direction of a cer tified classroom t eacher f or p articipating s tudents t o help peers achi eve academic success. Participants will be trained in a variety of helping skills which will enable them t o a ssist ot her s tudents i n ha ving a m ore pos itive a nd pr oductive s chool e xperience. Positive peer influence will be an important component of this assisted-tutorial program. 9986 Student Leadership Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Student Leadership i s a c ourse de signed t o pr ovide a n oppo rtunity for s tudents t o s tudy, practice, and develop group and individual leadership and organizational skills. T his is the first year course for students who want to be in student council. 9987 Student Leadership Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Student Leadership i s a c ourse de signed t o pr ovide a n oppo rtunity for s tudents t o s tudy, practice, and develop group and individual leadership and organizational skills. This course is a continuation of the state leadership course and it gives students the opportunity to be in student council. This is a local credit course and does not count as a state graduation credit. 9985 BEST (Bridging the Educational Scene for Teachers of Tomorrow) Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Selection upon Teacher Recommendation

This course is designed to provide exposure to the teaching profession for seniors who have shown an interest in pursuing careers in education. The course offers field-based experiences with advanced pre-teaching concepts on t he following: education as a profession, effective instructional s trategies, equity and excellence for a ll le arners, c lassroom or ganization a nd management. Successful completion of PAL is an indicator of success in BEST.

97

9980 Preparation for College Admission Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion or Concurrent Enrollment in English 3, Algebra 2,

andPreparation f or C ollege Admission i s de signed f or s tudents w ho a re pr eparing t o t ake or retake the SAT or ACT standardized college entrance examinations. The curriculum focuses on the following: mechanics of te st taking a s the y r elate to standardized te sts; c ritical and analytical thinking strategies employed in SAT/ACT test taking; review of general math and verbal concepts that are tested on the SAT/ACT; diagnostic analysis of skills and prescriptive individual s tudy pl ans f or S AT/ACT t est pr eparation; a nd, s tandardized t est s imulation through computer s oftware t est pr eparation p rograms. E mphasis i s on i ndividualized computer-assisted practice sessions based on specific student need. S tudents are required to spend approximately $12-$15 for test preparation materials that become the property of the student.

Geometry (Counselor Approval)

9901, 9902 AVID (Advancement Via Individual Determination) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . District Selection Process

AVID is an elective course for s tudents that are enrolled in a col lege preparatory sequence (PreAP/AP). In the class students receive the scholastic and motivational support needed to succeed in advanced academics. S tudents a re supported b y an AVID t rained t eacher i n all subject a reas, a re c oached b y college t utors, a nd w ork i n c ollaborative gr oups us ing a curriculum focused on writing and inquiry. In addition, days are devoted to reading, writing, and math preparation and study skills, and college entrance and placement exams.

98

ACTIVITY COURSES Cheerleading 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Per Year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Tryouts

This is a course offered in the fall for students elected to be cheerleaders. Emphasis is placed on ph ysical c onditioning, refinement of m otor s kills, pr actice of cheers, l eadership development and citizenship through group endeavors. During athletic seasons, cheerleaders practice after school and perform at varsity athletic games. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Cheerleading will substitute for P.E. only during fall semesters. Note

Color Guard 1-4

: C heerleading i s an appr oved P .E. s ubstitute o nly du ring the fall s emester; t he second semester w ill be l ocal cr edit on ly. S tudents ar e r eminded t hat a m aximum of 2 units f or P .E., appr oved P .E. s ubstitute, or P .E. w aiver may c ount t oward gr aduation. Once a student has earned these maximum P.E. units/P.E. substitute units/ P.E. waivers, the remaining Cheerleading units will be granted local credit.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school color guard is an auxiliary unit of the marching band consisting of flags and rifles. E mphasis is placed on ph ysical conditioning, equipment handling and care, musical choreography and da nce, creative s elf-expression t hrough m ovement, the r efinement of motor s kills, a nd c itizenship t hrough group e ndeavors. D uring f ootball s eason t he color guard rehearses daily after school with the marching band and performs at all varsity football games and s elected marching contests. A ttendance at al l r ehearsals and performances i s required. Students must furnish their performance uniform (hat excluded) and footwear. Note: C olor Guard is an approved P.E. substitute during the fall semester. S tudents are reminded that a maximum of 2 units for P.E., approved P.E. substitute, or P.E. waiver may count t oward gr aduation. O nce a s tudent has e arned t hese maximum P .E. u nits / P .E. substitute units / P.E. waivers, the Color Guard units will be granted local credit.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ACADEMY at

Klein Forest High School

The International Busin ess Academy at Klein Forest is a fo ur-year p rogram that en compasses the high school core curriculum with additional acad emic courses that emphasize b usiness, foreign language, and global culture. Studen ts will choose from one of the following concentrations: Accounting/Finance or Marketing/Management. Students in the International Bu siness Academ y (IBA) will have opportunities to pa rticipate in enrichment activ ities an d comm unity service project s, to visit busine sses engaged in intern ational commerce, and to interact with m embers of th e community who work in the inte rnational business environment. The International Business Academy opened during the fall sem ester of 2007 with ninth grade students. D uring the 2011-2012 school year the IBA will b e comprised of 9 th, 10 th, 11 th and 12th grade students. Enrollment in the Academ y is curre ntly open to students who will be in the 9th or 10th grade who are highly m otivated and in terested in in ternational business. Students who apply for entry into the IBA must be zoned to Klein ISD. Entry into the program will be based on an application process that will beg in in the sp ring sem ester prior to ac ceptance. Co nsideration f or admission will be bas ed on interest in th e program , grades, attendan ce, recommendation s, good citizenship, and interviews.

International Business Academy at Klein Forest is a f our-year program that incorporates the high school core curriculum with additional academic courses that emphasize business, foreign language, and global culture. Students may choose from one of the following concentrations: Accounting/Finance or Marketing/Management. Students in the International Business Academy (IBA) w ill have opportunities to participate in enrichment activities and community service projects, to visit businesses engaged in international commerce, and to interact with members of the community who work in the international business environment. Enrollment in the Academy is currentl y open to students who will be in t he 9th or 10th grade who are highly motivated and interested in internationa l business. St udents who apply for entry into the IBA must be zoned to Klein ISD. Entry into the program is be based on an application process begins in the spring semester prior to acceptance. Consideration for admission is interest in the program, grades, attendance, recommendations, good citizenship, and interviews. All International Business Academy courses are held at Klein Forest High School.

9166CTA Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance -IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

Students w ill pa rticipate in a ctivities w hich f ocus o n bus iness ownership, bu siness a nd p ersonal finance, global economies, business operations and a dvertising. This course covers information related to understanding f undamental concepts i n conducting bus iness in a g lobal e nvironment. T he c ourse a llows students to be involved with a variety of activities such as running a bus iness, evaluating leadership styles, problem s olving, bus iness setting, m arketing, a nd f inance. I nstruction w ill include t he i mpact o f c ultures, customs, traditions, politics, travel, employment and marketing strategies in conducting business in a global market.

9168CTA Global Business - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This course provides students with an understanding of cultural diversity, the global economy, and the international business environment. The content and activities of the course allow students to develop the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. Students will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international business projects 9169CTA Formerly International Business - IBA Global Business (Year) - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith a n u nderstanding of c ultural d iversity, t he g lobal e conomy, a nd t he international bus iness e nvironment. T he c ontent a nd a ctivities of t he c ourse a llow s tudents t o d evelop t he knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. Students will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international business projects.

IBA - Marketing/Management Career Pathway

9181CTA Human Resources Management-IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This c ourse i ntroduces t he pr imary f unctions of human r esources management, which i nclude recruitment, selection, training, safety, wellness, development, and compensation of people who work in an organization. Topics covered will include social responsibility of business and industry, employment laws, current trends and managerial practices.

9595CTA Advertising and Sales Promotion - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This course is designed to be a comprehensive introduction to advertising. Students will learn techniques used in current advertising, including print, broadcast, and digital media. Students will explore social, ethical, and legal issues advertising, historical influences, strategies, and media decision process. The course provides an overview of how communication tools can be used to reach target audiences and why we buy what we buy. 9594CTA Entrepreneurship - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

Students will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. A primary focus of the course is to he lp students und erstand t he p rocess o f a nalyzing a bus iness oppo rtunity, pr eparing a bus iness p lan, determining feasibility of an idea using research, and developing a plan to organize and promote the business and its products and services.

IBA - Accounting/Finance Career Pathway

9162CTA Accounting I - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This course introduces general accounting concepts, principles and procedures while emphasizing the need for f inancial records. The student performs accounting functions for service and merchandising businesses, completes a ccount pa yable and receivable f unctions, determines i nventory va lue, calculates and records payroll and associated taxes, verifies cash flow and analyzes financial data. Students will explore accounting career options and discuss current events involving accounting practices. Calculators are used and exposure to computerized accounting is provided. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9164CTA Accounting II-IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Accounting I-IBA and Must be Accepted to the International Business

Academy Students continue the investigation of the field of accounting, including how it i s impacted by industry standards as w ell as economics, financial, technological, international, social, legal and ethical factors. This course incorporates the complete accounting cycle in relationship to partnerships and corporations, as well as cost a ccounting. S tudents us e c omputerized a ccounting t echniques a nd a vailable s oftware. E xperience is provided through simulation by initiating and maintaining an accounting system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9132CTA Banking and Financial Services - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy

This course introduces banking and financial concepts, principles and procedures; em phasizes the banking i n t he modern e conomy; r ecognizes t he e conomic t heories a nd f inancial f orces t hat influence international bus iness; an d compares co nsumer f inancial transactions w ith government t ransactions. Students will have opportunities to participate in simulated or actual day-to-day banking activities.

9182CTA Virtual Business - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry and Must be Accepted to the International

Business Academy Students i ncorporate a b road base of k nowledge t hat i ncludes the l egal, managerial, m arketing, financial, ethical, and international dimensions of business to make appropriate business decisions. Students will be able to i dentify s teps needed to locate customers, set fees, and develop client contracts. Student will be able to provide adm inistrative, creative, and technical ser vices using advanced technological modes of communication and data delivery. The student builds a functional website that incorporates the essentials of a virtual business. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Gold Plan 2011-2012 Accounting/Finance Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (3 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II Foreign Language III

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (5 or more credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1)

Accounting I (1) Banking & Financial

Services (0.5)

Accounting II (1) Any 11th or 12th Gr Recommended

Bus/Mktg/Tech Elective (0.5) Recommended

Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Insurance Operations (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Securities & Investments (0.5) Insurance Operations (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2) 4th Year of a Foreign Language

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser Inside Sales Contact Product Representative

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Account Representative Trade Analyst

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options: Sales or Marketing Director Account Executive

Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 4.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Gold Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Green Plan 2011-2012 Accounting/Finance Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (2 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications (0.5)

Required IBA Courses (4 credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Accounting I (1) Accounting II (1)

Recommended Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Insurance Operations (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Securities & Investments (0.5) Insurance Operations (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1) Banking & Financial Services (0.5)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2)

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser Inside Sales Contact Product Representative

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Account Representative Trade Analyst

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options: Sales or Marketing Director Account Executive

Outside Sales Person

* Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 3.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Green Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Gold Plan 2011-2012 Marketing/Management Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (3 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II Foreign Language III

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (5 or more credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Entrepreneurship (1)

Human Resource Mgmt (0.5)

Advertising (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Any 11th or 12th Gr Recommended

Bus/Mktg/Tech Elective (0.5) Recommended

Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5)

Fashion Marketing (0.5) Sports & Entertmt Mktg (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2) 4th Year of a Foreign Language

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser

Product Representative Inside Sales Contact

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Trade Analyst Account Representative

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options:

Sales or Marketing Director

Account Executive Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 4.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Gold Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Green Plan 2011-2012 Marketing/Management Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (2 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (4 credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Entrepreneurship (1) Advertising (0.5) and

Virtual Business (0.5) or HR Mgmt

Recommended Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5)

Fashion Marketing (0.5) Sports & Entertmt Mktg (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2)

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser

Product Representative Inside Sales Contact

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Trade Analyst Account Representative

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options:

Sales or Marketing Director

Account Executive Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 3.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Green Plan.

AchieveTexas is the implementation of the U.S. Department of Education’s Career Clusters Initiative. A Career Cluster is a grouping of occupations and broad industries based on c ommonalities. T he si xteen C areer C lusters provide an organizing tool f or s chools, small learning c ommunities, academies, a nd magnet schools. P rograms of S tudy ( POS) ha ve be en de veloped f or e ach of t he C areer Clusters. The POS represent a recommended sequence of coursework based on a student’s in terest o r career goal. Additional information can be found at www.achievetexas.org or www.careerclusters.org.

The 16 Career Clusters

The production, processing, marketing, distribution, financing, and development of agricultural commodities and resources including food, fiber, wood products, natural resources, horticulture, and other plant and animal products/resources.

Careers in designing, planning, managing, building and maintaining the built environment.

Designing, producing, exhibiting, performing, writing, and publishing multimedia content including visual and performing arts and design, journalism, and entertainment services.

Business Management and Administration careers encompass planning, organizing, directing and evaluating business functions essential to efficient and productive business operations. Business Management and Administration career opportunities are available in every sector of the economy.

Planning, managing and providing education and training services, and related learning support services.

Planning, services for financial and investment planning, banking, insurance, and business financial management.

Executing governmental functions to include Governance; National Security; Foreign Service; Planning; Revenue and Taxation; Regulation; and Management and Administration at the local, state, and federal levels.

Planning, managing, and providing therapeutic services, diagnostic services, health informatics, support services, and biotechnology research and development.

Hospitality & Tourism encompasses the management, marketing and operations of restaurants and other foodservices, lodging, attractions, recreation events and travel related services.

Preparing individuals for employment in career pathways that relate to families and human needs.

Building Linkages in IT Occupations Framework: For Entry Level, Technical, and Professional Careers Related to the Design, Development, Support and Management of Hardware, Software, Multimedia, and Systems Integration Services.

Planning, managing, and providing legal, public safety, protective services and homeland security, including professional and technical support services.

Planning, managing and performing the processing of materials into intermediate or final products and related professional and technical support activities such as production planning and control, maintenance and manufacturing/process engineering.

Planning, managing, and performing marketing activities to reach organizational objectives.

Planning, managing, and providing scientific research and professional and technical services (e.g., physical science, social science, engineering) including laboratory and testing services, and research and development services.

Planning, management, and movement of people, materials, and goods by road, pipeline, air, rail and water and related professional and technical support services such as transportation infrastructure planning and management, logistics services, mobile equipment and facility maintenance.

It is the policy of Klein Independent School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex or handicap in its Career and Technical Education programs, services or activities.

The following programs of study are available within the Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources cluster: • Agribusiness Systems • Animal Systems • Environmental Service Systems • Food Products and Processing Systems • Natural Resources Systems • Plant Systems • Power, Structural and Technical Systems

Enrollment in these courses will provide the student the opportunity to be involved in the FFA student organization which includes animal projects, leadership and career development event travel teams, and scholarships.

All Systems

9040CT Principles of Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ½ - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A basic course designed to provide an introduction to all aspects in agriculture including agricultural career development, l eadership, c ommunications, pe rsonal finance, mechanized agriculture, soils, p lants, animals, agricultural construction, food science, and supervised agricultural experience programs.

9065CT Problems and Solutions in Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .Completion of at least two courses of AFNR in a Coherent Sequence and

Approval Process

A project-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that is developed by the student a nd supervised by t he t eacher a nd a pr ofessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities f or a n in-depth s tudy of a t l east one aspect o f the A griscience, F ood a nd N atural R esources career cluster. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a pr ofessional quality pr oject t o an a ppropriate a udience. The project s hall be judged by a pa nel o f professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students may be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the advanced m easures for t he Distinguished Achievement P rogram. Students will re ceive ad vanced grade points for this class.

Agribusiness Systems

9044CT Professional Standards in Agribusiness

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A comprehensive course designed to develop agricultural leadership, citizenship, and interpersonal skills. Instruction includes such topics as personal development, employee/employer relations, and group and communication skills. .

Natural Resources Systems

9058CT Forestry and Woodland Ecosystems

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course examines current management practices for forestry and woodlands. Special emphasis is given to management as it relates to ecological requirements and how these practices impact the environment. Includes exploration of careers associated with the forestry system, tree identification, calculating tree harvest, and a study of the forest ecosystem. 9046CT Wildlife, Fisheries, and Ecology Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A c ourse d esigned t o e xamine t he i mportance of w ildlife a nd o utdoor r ecreation w ith e mphasis on u sing wildlife, f ish and natural resources and their management. Hunter, boater, and angler safety instruction are components of this class. Research into occupational opportunities and identification and laws associated with game, non-game, fur-bearing and fish species are included. 9047CT Range Ecology and Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A c ourse de signed t o pr ovide i nformation regarding t he management and ecology aspe cts of rangelands. Instruction will include the s tudy and development of technical skills in renewable natural resources, range plants, ecosystems, water cy cles, r ange cond itions, car rying capa cities, livestock m anagement, wildlife management, and research. Information and safe working pract ices, recordkeeping, career exploration, and leadership will be included.

Plant Systems

9050CT Horticulture Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A laboratory oriented course designed to develop skills in the production of greenhouse/nursery plants and the maintenance of plant growth and propagation structures. The course emphasizes production of fruit, nut, and vegetable crops. 9051CT Landscape Design and Turf Grass Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to develop skills in the design, construction, and maintenance of planted areas. The course includes the use of devices for the beautification of home grounds and other areas of human habitation and recreation. Students will also learn techniques in how to establish and maintain turf grass. 9053CT Principles and Elements of Floral Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine floral design in relation to arrangement of flowers, foliage, and related plant m aterials f or interior locations. A lso incorporates bu siness pr actices and ca reers in the floral industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9055CT, 9056CT Practicum in Horticulture Science I, Practicum in Horticulture Science II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Horticulture Science or Landscape Design and Turf Grass Mgt

or Principles of Floral Design andA l aboratory-oriented course d esigned t o de velop skills in the v arious t echnical areas of t he ho rticulture industry. T he major focus i s p reparing i ndividuals t o perform hor ticulture related s kills. The c ourse emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop p roduction. I nstruction w ill i nclude i nformation on c areer oppo rtunities, l eadership a ctivities, a nd recordkeeping pr actices related t o t he hor ticulture i ndustry. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or pur chasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9071CT Advanced Plant and Soil Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished

and Recommended graduation plans. A course designed to study the exploration of principles related to plant production and the management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber. 632CT 5634 5632CT, 5634CT CTED Practicum in Horticulture Science I, II, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A l aboratory cou rse designed to develop entry-level e mployment s kills in hor ticultural r elated careers for special needs students. A laboratory-oriented course designed to develop skills in the various technical areas of the hor ticulture industry. T he major f ocus is preparing i ndividuals to perform horticulture related skills. The course emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop production. Instruction will include information on career opportunities, leadership activities, and recordkeeping practices related to the horticulture industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

Power, Structural & Technical Systems

9061CT Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A cour se de signed to introduce ba sic t heory and specialized skills in agricultural mechanics. S kills to be developed include i dentification a nd s afe us e of tools, c arpentry, e lectricity, pl umbing, masonry, f encing, painting, hot and cold metal working, and welding processes. Construction of projects will be included in this course. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9082CT Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies or

A laboratory oriented course designed to teach the b asic pr inciples of agricultural m echanics, including: blueprint reading and implementation, carpentry and construction, electrical and plumbing systems, concrete and masonry cons truction, small eng ine and power systems, metal construction and large p roject bui lding. Structures constructed i n this c lass c ould include, b ut not limited t o: l arge a nd s mall t railers, w ooden structures, outdoor recreational facilities, and other metal fabrication projects. CNC PlasmaCam design and fabrication will be taught and applied in this class. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9086CT Practicum in Agricultural Mechanics

Grade Placement . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . .Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication and Approval Process

A l aboratory ori ented course de signed to teach the basic pr inciples of agricultural m echanics, including: blueprint reading and implementation, carpentry and construction, electrical and plumbing systems, concrete and masonry c onstruction, s mall e ngine and power systems, metal construction a nd large p roject bui lding. Structures constructed in this c lass c ould include, but not limited to: l arge a nd small t railers, w ooden structures, outdoor recreational facilities, and other metal fabrication projects. CNC PlasmaCam design and fabrication will be taught and applied in this class. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Food Products and Processing Systems

9067CT Food Technology and Safety

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to examine world food production, governmental r egulations r egarding foods, and food safety. M ethods o f p rocessing, pr eparing, a nd packaging of foods; exploration of career opportunities, and leadership development are included. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Animal Systems

9069CT Livestock Production

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A t echnical cour se de signed t o de velop the s tudent’s k nowledge a nd s kills pertaining t o t he n utrition, reproduction, he alth a nd management of domestic livestock. Study of animal systems, animal restraint, business management, and careers are included. 9077CT Small Animal Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will be provided with opportunities to learn, reinforce, and apply information in a variety of settings in the areas of small animal, systems/business and associations. Subject areas in this course to be covered are but not limited to: small mammals, amphibians, reptiles, birds, dogs, cats and species specific information. Study will also highlight ownership, hazards, and welfare of small animals. 9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished

and Recommended graduation plans. This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on reproduction, breeding, genetics, a natomy, ph ysiology, nut rition, he alth, a nd t he m arketing a nd ha rvesting of dom estic l ivestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9072CT Equine Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students w ill identify c areer op portunities, i ndustry e xpectation, a nd a ttain g eneral k nowledge o f ho rses, mules a nd do nkeys. A reas of s tudy s hall i nclude bu t a re not limited t o: br eed i dentification, a natomy and physiology, nutrition, reproduction, diseases, parasites, proper handling, training, confirmation, and selection of horses.

9074CT Veterinary Medical Applications

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 2 of the following: Livestock Production, Small Animal

Management or Equine Science andStudents will be prepared for careers in the field of animal science. Students will be provided opportunities to demonstrate p roper knowledge a nd skills in the veterinary medicine i ndustry. Topics t o be c overed in this course are, but not limited to veterinary practices and knowledge as they relate to both large and small animal species. Subject ar eas i nclude: an imal be havior, communication, species/breed information, diseases/disorders, parasites, clinical examinations, imaging equipment, hematology, hospital procedures, and surgical assisting procedures. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

Approval Process

9076CT Practicum for Veterinary Medical Assistant

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Veterinary Medical Applications and

This course is a continuation of the Veterinary Medical Applications course providing more in-depth opportunities for students to increase their knowledge in animal anatomy, animal disease, treatment techniques, lab procedures, emergency procedures, and clinical operations. Students will be required to participate in clinical rotations, gaining hands-on experiences working in various veterinary assistant positions. This course provides further opportunities for students to explore the veterinary medical field as well as to continue earning possible industry standard certification in veterinary assistant and possible college credits toward certification as a Registered Veterinary Technician (RVT). Students must provide their own transportation to the clinical setting. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will r eceive advanced grade points for this

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Architecture and Construction cluster:

• Design/Preconstruction • Construction • Maintenance/Operations

Design/Pre-Construction

9472CT Architectural Design

Grade Placement . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

(STEM Cluster) Students will receive an overview of t he various fields of architecture, interior design, construction science and construction technology. The software applications include but are not limited to: AutoCAD Architecture, Revit and Chief Architect. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9482CT Construction Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

Architectural Design andStudents w ill learn de sign, de sign hi story, t echniques a nd t ools related t o the pr oduction of d rawings, renderings and scaled models f or com mercial or r esidential purposes. Students w ill be r esponsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9360CT Interior Design

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra I

This is a project driven course that focuses on interior environments. Students will discover ways to enhance spaces using knowledge based on the psychological, physiological and sociological needs of people. Students will be able to create a scale drawing of sp aces as well as understand the basic construction of homes and furniture. This course will also create an awareness of the following topics; principles and elements of design, consumer decision making, safety, as well as care and maintenance of interiors. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects and an assessed fee is associated with this course.

9478CT Problems and Solutions in Architecture and Construction

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

Architectural Design and

Approval Process

A project-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that is developed by the student a nd supervised by t he t eacher and a pro fessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the Architecture and Construction career cluster. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced t echnology, and communication skills in t he d evelopment and pr esentation of a professional quality project to an appropriate audience. The project shall be judged by a panel of professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee as sociated with t his c ourse. This p roject-based cou rse m ay allow a student t o meet o ne of t he advanced measures for the Distinguished Achievement Program. Students will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Construction

9616CT Principles of Construction

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This c ourse introduces t he s tudent to t he c onstruction i ndustry. T his i s accomplished by e xploring employment possibilities in the various manual trades including but not limited to safety, tools, materials, and training requirements. The s tudent will build a project according to local, state, and federal guidelines. The student will be introduced to construction drawings and their various uses. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School. 9618CT Construction Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Construction or

This course is designed to continue a student’s knowledge of the construction industry. Topics to be covered are employment, m aterials, ha nd a nd pow er t ool use, s afety, c onstruction drawings, w indow a nd do or installation, floor framing, wall framing, roof framing, concrete, and stair construction. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Forest High School.

Approval Process

9620CT Advanced Construction Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Construction Technology and

This c ourse w ill c ontinue the s tudent’s k nowledge o f t he construction industry. T opics t o b e c overed a re construction dr awings, r oof c overings, i nsulation, e xterior siding, m etal f raming, dr ywall i nstallation a nd finishing, metal door installation, suspended ceiling, interior t rim, cabinetry and counter tops. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Forest High School.

Approval Process

5660CT CTED Principles of Construction, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides construction career information for the special needs students. The course is designed to familiarize s tudents w ith i ntroductory s kills a nd a basic understanding of c areer oppor tunities a nd training requirements i n f our fundamental c areer cl usters r elated t o con struction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting, decorating, and plumbing/pipefitting. S tudents will discuss entrepreneurship, safety and leadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

The following programs of study are available within the Arts, A/V Technology and Communications cluster.

• Audio and Video Technology and Film • Journalism and Broadcasting • Performing Arts • Printing Technology • Telecommunications

9476CT Animation I

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and either Architectural

Design or Engineering Design & Presentation andA t echnical c ourse w hich de velops a dvanced k nowledge a nd s kills i n t he a rea of di gital a nimation. T his hands-on course a llows st udents t o cr eate, edit, and r ender c haracters, vehicles, scenes o r ob jects and to design and produce digital animation using images, video, and audio resources. S tudents will learn design, design history, techniques and tools related to the production of drawings, renderings, and scaled models for commercial or residential purposes. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course receives advanced grade points.

Approval Process

9357CT Fashion Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This t echnical laboratory cour se focuses on apparel f rom t he pe rspectives o f pe rsonal d ecision making relating t o t he a pparel i ndustry a nd career pr eparation. Topics include a pparel repair a nd a lterations, managing t he apparel dollar and t he hi story of f ashion. T he production of f ibers and fabrics, apparel care, garment cons truction and maintenance a re also covered i n this course. Q uality appa rel cons truction i s addressed as i t relates to consumer decision making and career preparation for the apparel industry. O ther content a ddresses ca reer options and management practices for as suming multiple family, community, and wage-earner roles. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects. Also, an assessed fee is associated with this course.

9358CT Advanced Fashion Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Fashion Design

This technical laboratory course is designed to address the textiles and apparel industries, textile design and production, apparel design practices, influences and career preparation. I nstruction includes knowledge and skills of the mass production and haute couture of the worldwide design industry, f iber testing, fabrics and finishes, textile an d apparel manufacturing s ystems, pr oduct marketing t echniques, c omputer-aided de sign, federal r egulations, c areer opt ions, f ashion i llustration, a nd portfolio de sign. D esign pr ocedures a nd management of m ultiple family, community, and career roles are emphasized. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects. Also, an assessed fee is associated with this course.

9479CT Problems and Solutions in Arts, A/V Technology & Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Animation I and

A pr oject-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that i s developed by t he s tudent a nd supervised by t he t eacher a nd a pr ofessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the Arts, A/V Technology, & Communications career cluster. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a pr ofessional quality pr oject t o an a ppropriate a udience. The project s hall be judged by a pa nel of professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the ad vanced measures for t he D istinguished A chievement Program. Students w ill re ceive ad vanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

9700CT Professional Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Note: This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement.

This is a n a ctivity ba sed career de velopment c ourse i n w hich s tudents w ill d evelop a n und erstanding o f professional c ommunications t hrough e xploration of the c areer c lusters. S tudents w ill e xplore a v ariety of career op tions an d activities including f ormal a nd i nformal pr esentations, r esume w riting, a nd job interviewing. Students will exhibit public relations skills, leadership characteristics, knowledge of the global economy, and information technology applications.

The following programs of study are available within the Business, Management and Administration cluster:

• Administrative and Information Support • Business Analysis • Human Resources • Management

9166CT Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students w ill pa rticipate in a ctivities w hich f ocus o n bus iness ownership, bu siness a nd p ersonal finance, global e conomies, bus iness ope rations and advertising. The cou rse allows s tudents to be i nvolved with a variety of a ctivities s uch as r unning a bus iness, e valuating l eadership s tyles, pr oblem s olving, bus iness setting, marketing, and finance. 9140CT Touch System Data Entry

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will train students to create documents and input data using the “touch system” of keyboarding. Emphasis is placed on student accuracy, speed and production of business documents using the touch system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 5636CT CTED Touch System Data Entry, Career & Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides keyboarding skills for students with special needs. This course will train students to create d ocuments a nd i nput da ta us ing t he “touch s ystem” of k eyboarding. E mphasis i s pl aced on s tudent accuracy, speed and production of business documents using the touch system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9144CT Business Information Management I

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or

In t his c ourse s tudents w ill a pply t echnical s kills t o pe rsonal o r b usiness s ituations f ocusing on w ord processing, spreadsheets, databases, desktop publishing, presentation management, operating sy stems and emerging technologies. This course provides s tudents with an overview of the various uses of information processing t ools and s kill de velopment ne eded t o make a s uccessful t ransition t o the w orkforce a nd postsecondary education. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or ass essed a fee associated with this course.

Pass Proficiency Test

5638CT CTED Business Information Management I, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 - 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or CTED Touch System Data Entry

orThis co urse prov ides com puter sk ills f or t he spe cial ne eds st udents. In this course st udents w ill apply technical sk ills to pe rsonal o r bu siness s ituations f ocusing on w ord p rocessing, s preadsheets, da tabases, desktop publ ishing, pr esentation m anagement, ope rating s ystems a nd e merging t echnologies. T his c ourse provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed to m ake a s uccessful transition t o the w orkforce a nd pos tsecondary e ducation. S tudents w ill b e responsible for purchasing materials or a ssessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year—up to four years.

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee

9156CT Business Information Management II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or

Students will apply technical skills to address business applications of emerging technologies, create complex word-processing documents, develop sophisticated spreadsheets using charts and graphs, manage and create enhanced data reports and create an electronic presentation using appropriate multimedia software. Students will f ocus o n Microsoft Word, E xcel, Access and PowerPoint and computer based certification software. Students are strongly encouraged to take the Microsoft Specialist exams. The course objective is for students to obtain high-level skills in Microsoft Office. Students are responsible for all exam f ees

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

and

for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9173CT Business Law

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students analyze the social responsibility of business and industry regarding the significant issues relating to the l egal environment, bus iness e thics, torts, c ontracts, ne gotiable f inancial i nstruments, pe rsonal pr operty, sales, w arranties, c oncept of a gency a nd e mployment, bu siness or ganizations and r eal p roperty. S tudents apply t echnical sk ills t o a ddress bu siness app lications of con temporary l egal issues. Students app ly sk ills learned when participating in a mock trial. 9182CT Virtual Business

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or

Students i ncorporate a b road base of k nowledge t hat i ncludes the l egal, managerial, m arketing, financial, ethical, and international dimensions of business to make appropriate business decisions. Students will be able to identify st eps needed to l ocate customers, set fees, and develop client contracts. Student will be able to provide adm inistrative, creative, and technical ser vices using advanced technological modes of communication and data delivery. The student builds a functional website that incorporates the essentials of a virtual business. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

9168CT Global Business

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith a n u nderstanding of c ultural d iversity, t he g lobal e conomy, a nd t he international bus iness e nvironment. T he c ontent a nd a ctivities of t he cou rse a llow st udents t o develop the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. Students will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international business projects. 9181CT Human Resources Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces the primary concepts of human resources management. Topics covered include human resource p lanning, e mployment l aws, recruitment, selection, m otivation training a nd de velopment, reward systems, discipline, current trends, and professional careers.

9180CT Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen

Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A pr oject-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that i s developed by t he s tudent a nd supervised by t he t eacher and a pro fessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business, finance, and information technology career clusters. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a pr ofessional qua lity project to a n a ppropriate a udience. The p roject s hall be judged by a pa nel o f professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students may be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the ad vanced measures for t he D istinguished A chievement Program. Students will re ceive ad vanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Education & Training cluster.

• Administration & Administrative Support • Professional Support Services • Teaching/Training

9 9333CT Instructional Practices in Education and Training

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process Recommended prerequisite…Student able to read on at least 8th grade level.

Instructional P ractices i n Education and Training i s a f ield-based internship t hat provides s tudents with background knowledge of child and adolescent development as well as principles of effective teaching and training pr actices. S tudents w ill w ork und er the joint di rection and supervision o f both a F amily a nd Consumer Sciences teacher with the knowledge of ear ly childhood education and a f ield-site teacher. Field-site teachers are certified mentor teachers that are recommended by their campus administrators. Students are placed at either the elementary or i ntermediate school level with a f ield-site teacher. Students learn to plan and di rect individualized instruction and group activities, prepare instructional materials, develop materials for educational e nvironments, assist w ith r ecord k eeping, a nd c omplete o ther responsibilities o f t eachers, trainers, pa raprofessionals, or other educational p ersonnel. S tudents w ill b e r esponsible f or p roviding t heir own transportation to their assigned sites. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9334CT Practicum in Education and Training

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Instructional Practices in Education and Training Approval Process

and

This course is a continuation of t he course, Instructional Practices in Education and Training. It is a field-based internship that provides students with background knowledge of child and adolescent development as well as principles of effective teaching and training practices. Students will work under the joint direction and supervision o f bot h a F amily a nd C onsumer S ciences t eacher w ith t he k nowledge of e arly c hildhood education and a field-site teacher. Field-site teachers are certified mentor teachers that are recommended by their campus administrators. Students are placed at either the elementary or i ntermediate school level with a field-site t eacher. S tudents l earn t o pl an a nd d irect i ndividualized instruction a nd group a ctivities, pr epare instructional m aterials, d evelop m aterials f or e ducational environments, a ssist w ith record k eeping, a nd complete ot her responsibilities of t eachers, t rainers, pa raprofessionals, o r ot her e ducational pe rsonnel. Students will be responsible for providing t heir own transportation t o their assigned s ites. S tudents will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. An Educational A ide Certificate Level I will be earned during this second year course.

The following programs of study are available within the Finance cluster:

• Banking and Related Services • Business Financial Management • Financial and Investment Planning • Insurance Services

9166CT Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students w ill pa rticipate in a ctivities w hich f ocus o n bus iness ownership, bu siness a nd p ersonal finance, global e conomies, bus iness ope rations and advertising. The cou rse allows s tudents to be i nvolved with a variety of a ctivities s uch as r unning a bus iness, e valuating l eadership s tyles, pr oblem s olving, bus iness setting, marketing, and finance.

9183CT Money Matters

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students di scover ne w w ays t o maximize t heir e arning pot ential, de velop s trategies f or m anaging t heir resources, explore sk ills f or t he w ise us e of cr edit, and gain insight i nto the di fferent w ays of i nvesting money. Students will discuss current trends and issues consumers face in today’s marketplace.

5640CT CTED Money Matters, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

Students di scover ne w w ays t o maximize t heir e arning pot ential, de velop s trategies f or m anaging t heir resources, explore sk ills f or t he w ise u se of c redit, a nd g ain i nsight i nto the di fferent w ays of i nvesting money. Students will discuss current trends and issues consumers face in today’s marketplace.

9158CT Insurance Operations

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will introduce students to the insurance industry. The types of insurance discussed will include liability, automobile, p roperty, health, unemployment, life and d isability. S tudents will use career planning concepts, tools and strategies to explore and develop a car eer in insurance. Students w ill de termine c lient needs and respond through planned, personalized communication to influence purchase decisions and enhance future insurance business opportunities. 9186CT Financial Analysis

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Accounting I

Students apply technical skills to develop knowledge and skills in the economical, f inancial, technological, international, social and ethical a spects of b usiness t o become com petent c onsumers, employees, and entrepreneurs. S tudents d evelop analytical sk ills b y act ively ev aluating f inancial r esults of m ultiple businesses, interpreting results for s takeholders, and presenting strategic recommendations for performance improvement. Incoming 9th graders of 2010-2011 will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9162CT Accounting I

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces general accounting concepts, principles and procedures while emphasizing the need for f inancial records. The student performs accounting functions for service and merchandising bus inesses, completes a ccount pa yable and receivable f unctions, determines i nventory va lue, calculates and records payroll and associated taxes, verifies cash flow and analyzes financial data. Students will explore accounting career options and discuss current events involving accounting practices. Calculators are used and exposure to computerized accounting is provided. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9164CT Accounting II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Accounting I

Students continue the investigation of the field of accounting, including how it i s impacted by industry standards as w ell as economics, financial, technological, international, social, legal and ethical factors. This course incorporates the complete accounting cycle in relationship to partnerships and corporations, as well as cost a ccounting. S tudents us e c omputerized a ccounting t echniques a nd available so ftware. E xperience is provided through simulation by initiating and maintaining an accounting system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9184CT Securities and Investments

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces students to the regulation of the securities and investment industry, the risk factors of selecting i nvestments, concepts of real e state l aw and titling. Students w ill u se ca reer p lanning conc epts, tools, and strategies to explore, obtain, and develop a career in the securities industry. Students may have the opportunity to participate in stock market simulation activities.

9180CT Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . .12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . .Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A pr oject-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that i s developed by t he student and supervised by t he t eacher and a pro fessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business, finance, and information technology career clusters. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a pr ofessional qua lity project to a n a ppropriate a udience. The p roject sh all be judged by a pa nel o f professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students may be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the ad vanced measures for t he D istinguished A chievement Program. Students will re ceive ad vanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Health Science cluster:

• Biotechnology Research and Development • Diagnostic Services • Health Informatics • Support Services • Therapeutic Services

9270CT Principles of Health Science

Grade Placement . . . . . .10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course includes skills related to the health care industry. Content relates to patient relationships, working environments, and ethical and legal responsibilities. Entry-level skills will also be developed for taking vital signs, m aintaining s afety, a nd pe rforming f irst aid and C PR. Introduction t o basic hum an a natomy a nd physiology and medical terminology will prepare the student for a transition to clinical experiences in health care. 9272CT Health Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . .Health Science Technology , Biology I

Approval Process and

This course will provide for the development of multi-occupational knowledge and skills related to a wide variety of he alth careers. S tudents w ill obs erve and assist p rofessional he alth care pe rsonnel i n clinical/hospital e nvironments. Students must provide their own transportation to their assigned clinical settings. Students must be CPR certified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. A uniform, name t ag, s tethoscope a nd pr ofessional l iability i nsurance w ill be r equired. Student a lso m ay b e required t o pa ss a r equired c riminal background c heck upon e ntrance i nto the c ourse du e t o specific clinical/hospital requirements. This course receives advanced grade points.

Approval Process

9278CT Medical Terminology

Grade Placement . . . . . ………………..10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ……………….1/2 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science

This course is designed to develop a working knowledge of the language of medicine. Students acquire word-building skills by learning prefixes, suffixes, word roots, abbreviations, and acronyms. B y relating terms to body sy stems, students identify proper use of words in a medical environment. Knowledge of medical terminology enhances the student’s ability to successfully secure employment or pursue advanced education in health care. 0493CT Anatomy and Physiology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology I and

In t his c ourse s tudents c onduct l aboratory i nvestigations/fieldwork, us e s cientific m ethods dur ing investigations, a nd m ake i nformed de cisions us ing c ritical t hinking a nd p roblem s olving. T opics w ill b e presented through an integration of biology, chemistry, and physics. S tudents will s tudy the structures and functions o f the hum an body a nd bo dy s ystems a nd w ill i nvestigate the body’s r esponses t o f orces, maintenance of homeostasis, electrical interactions, transport systems, and energy systems. Students will also analyze t he relationship be tween anatomical s tructures a nd phy siological functions of the hum an s ystems. This s ame cour se is a lso listed in the S cience S ection of t he G uidance H andbook. This cou rse rec eives advanced grade points.

Chemistry I

9274CT Problems and Solutions in Health Science/CNA

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods for a semester) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and

This is an occupational s pecific cou rse designed to prov ide k nowledge and skills for ce rtification as a Certified Nurse A ssistant. The course o f instruction is comprised of classroom i nstruction a nd clinical/hospital experience. S tudents w ill l earn to a ttend t o patients’ hy giene, c omfort, nou rishment, a nd social needs. Competencies will be demonstrated by the taking of vital signs, assisting patients with ADL’s, maintaining pa tient hy giene and safety, a nd pr oviding i nfection c ontrol. U pon c ompletion o f t he c ourse, students w ill be e ligible to test for st ate C ertified Nurse A ssistant certification. Students m ust be C PR certified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. A uniform, name tag, stethoscope, gait be lt, fee for certification testing, and professional liability insurance are required. S tudent must pass a required criminal ba ckground c heck upon e ntrance i nto t he c ourse d ue t o licensing r ules f or c ertification. Each student who will receive instruction via the clinical learning experiences at Houston Northwest Hospital is required to verify he/she has secured health insurance coverage with an insurer approved by the hospital upon entrance into the course due to the hospital’s requirements. Students will be notified at the beginning of the course i f o ther f acilities h ave add itional requirements. Students m ust p rovide their own t ransportation to/from the clinical setting. This course receives advanced grade points.

Approval Process

9276CT Practicum in Health Science/EMT

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I or Anatomy &

Physiology with Certification in First Aid and CPR and

This is an occupational specific cou rse designed to provide knowledge an d skills for certification as an Emergency Medi cal Technician. I nstruction will be prov ided related to pa tient as sessment, spinal immobilization, trauma management, treatment of m edical emergencies, and mechanical a ids t o br eathing. The EMT program requires additional ambulance and emergency room experiences outside the cl assroom. The student must be at least eighteen (18) years of age by March 1 to participate in the course and take the EMT certification test. In order to receive t he s tate certification, the student must be at least e ighteen (18) years of age, have successfully passed the certification test, and have proof of a high school diploma. Students must be CPR cer tified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. Student tuitions, uniform, blood pressure cuff, stethoscope, trauma scissors, penlight, and safety glasses are required. Students must provide their own t ransportation to/from the t raining location. This course receives advanced grade points.

Approval Process

9277CT, 9277YCT Problems and Solutions in Health Science/Certified Pharmacy Technician

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and Additional Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Algebra II with at least a B average

Approval Process

This is an occupational s pecific c ourse designed t o pr ovide k nowledge a nd skills for c ertification a s a Certified Pharmacy T echnician. C ourse is c omprised of c lassroom i nstruction, l ab a pplications, a nd independent study. N o c linical h ours a re required, but m ay be pr ovided b ased on i ndividual ne eds a nd students must provide own transportation. Students will learn federal and state law pertaining to the pharmacy industry, drug cl assifications, medical t erminology, ethical and legal issues, saf ety, aseptic t echnique, calculations, c areer oppo rtunities, a nd p harmacy ope rations. U pon successful completion of t he c ourse, students will be eligible to test for the national Certified Pharmacy Technician certification. The student must provide proof of a high school diploma to receive certification. Student tuition, computer access, and national testing fee will be required. This course receives advanced grade points.

The following programs of study are available within the Hospitality and Tourism cluster:

• Lodging • Recreation, Amusements and Attractions • Restaurants and Food/Beverage Services • Travel and Tourism

9350CT Culinary Arts

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness and

This c ourse b egins w ith the f undamentals a nd pr inciples of the art o f c ooking a nd t he s cience of b aking. Emphasis is placed on safety, management, production skills and techniques in a professional kitchen setting. Students can pursue a national sanitation certification, ServSafe Certification, or any other appropriate food industry certification. This course will be offered as a laboratory-based course. Students are encouraged to participate in extended learning experiences. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School and Klein High School.

Approval Process

9352CT Practicum in Culinary Arts

Grade Placement . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Culinary Arts and

This course i s the c ontinuation of t he c ourse, C ulinary A rts, i n pr oviding a pr acticum i n t he pr ofessional kitchen i ndustry. It pr ovides oc cupationally s pecific opportunities f or s tudents to pa rticipate in a l earning experience that combines classroom instruction with career experiences. S tudents are taught employability skills, which include job-specific skills, job interview techniques, communication skills, financial and budget activities, human relations, and portfolio development. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School and Klein High School.

Approval Process

5620CT, 5622CT CTED Culinary Arts, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of the ARD committee

This course prepares developmentally handicapped and other special needs students for gainful employment. Areas covered include safety, sanitation, quantity food preparation, use and care of commercial food preparation equipment, housekeeping skills, and preparation for job placement. This course is offered at Klein High school. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

9353CT Hotel Management

Grade Placement . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Approval Process Concurrent enrollment required . . . . . . Hospitality Services

This course focuses on the knowledge a nd s kills f or a c areer i n t he ho tel i ndustry. I t i ncludes an in-depth study of the departments within the hotel industry. Emphasis will be placed on professional communication, leadership, management, h uman r esources, and t echnology. The students must also enroll in the course, Hospitality Services in conjunction with Hotel Management. The three hours of training take place at the hotel unde r t he s upervision of t he s chool pr ogram c oordinator and the ho tel m anagement t eam. A fter successful completion of t he courses, Hotel Management and Hospitality S ervices, students have t he opportunity to continue for a second year by enrolling in the Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism course. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required. 9354CT Hospitality Services

Grade Placement . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite. . . . . . . . . . .Approval Process Concurrent enrollment required . . . . . . Hotel Management 1 Unit

This course will give students an opportunity to explore a career in all aspects of the hospitality industry. This includes hotel and restaurant management, travel and t ourism, and business management. This course i s a joint v enture o f t he s chool di strict a nd a l ocal l odging pr operty. T he pr ogram c oordinator w ill w ork w ith students i n pl acing t hem in a reas of e ngineering, f ront o ffice, a ccounting a nd f inance, l oss p revention, restaurant, ba nquets, c ulinary, hous ekeeping, s ales, a nd m arketing. The s tudents m ust al so enroll i n t he course, Hotel M anagement i n c onjunction with Hospitality Services. T he t hree hou rs of t raining t ake place at the hotel under the supervision of the school program coordinator and the hotel management team. After successful completion of the courses, Hospitality Services and Hotel Management, students ha ve the opportunity to continue for a second year by enrolling in the Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism course. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required. 9356CT Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Hospitality Services, Hotel Management and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Hospitality Services I

Approval Process and

This cou rse i s the con tinuation of the H ospitality S ervices course. It al lows st udents to explore t heir professional interest i n the hos pitality i ndustry a nd focus on t wo individual a reas or de partments i n which they w ish t o t rain e xtensively. In a ddition t o be ing t aught e mployability s kills, s tudents l earn t hrough classroom instruction and career experiences. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Human Services cluster:

• Consumer Services • Counseling and Mental Health Services • Early Childhood Development and Services • Family and Community Services • Personal Care Services

9331CT Principles of Human Services

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This comprehensive l aboratory course p rovides the k nowledge and sk ills related to personal hum an development. I t w ill e nable s tudents t o i nvestigate careers in the human services ca reer cluster, including early c hildhood de velopment, f amily a nd c ommunity, mental he alth a nd p ersonal c are services. C ontent includes decision-making, positive relationships, child development, nutrition and food production, finance, and personal grooming as i t r elates to personal a nd pr ofessional s ettings. Students will be r esponsible f or purchasing materials and/or assessed a fee associated with this course. 5645CT CTED Principles of Human Services, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This comprehensive l aboratory c ourse p rovides t he knowledge and skills related to personal hum an development for t he special ne eds students. I t will enable students to investigate careers in the human services c areer cluster, including e arly c hildhood development, f amily a nd c ommunity, mental he alth a nd personal care services. Content includes decision-making, positive relationships, child development, nutrition and food production, finance, and personal grooming as it relates to personal and professional settings. 9335CT Child Development

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to focus on knowledge and skills related to prenatal development, care, guidance, and protection of c hildren. I nstruction a ddresses t he p rinciples a nd pr ocedures f or p romoting t he phy sical, emotional, social, and intellectual development of young children, including those with special needs. Other topics include family management, characteristics of quality child care, and career options related to the care and education of children.

9336CT Child Guidance

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Child Development and

This laboratory c ourse a ddresses the knowledge a nd skills r elated t o c hild g rowth a nd guidance equipping students to develop positive relationships with children and effective caregiver skills. Students use these skills to promote the well-being and healthy development of children, strengthen a culturally diverse society, and pursue careers related to the care, guidance, and education of children. Instruction will be delivered through school based lab training.

Approval Process

9338CT Practicum in Human Services

Grade Placement . . . . .12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Child Guidance and

This course provides occupationally specific training and focuses on the development of co nsumer services, early childhood development and services, counseling and mental health services, and family and community services careers. Instruction will be delivered through a school-based laboratory training.

Approval Process

9330CT Interpersonal Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course examines how relationships between individuals and among family members affect the quality of life. The ar eas of s tudy i nclude; pe rsonal development, de cision m aking, t he c omponents o f a he althy relationship, c ommunication s kills and c onflict resolution, m ate s election, the r ole of family m embers, responsible pa renting, a nd c risis m anagement. Interpersonal S tudies i ncludes t he s tudy of careers in counseling and mental health services. 9348CT Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This l aboratory based c ourse de fines the r oles of nutrients i n t he body and develops an understanding of lifetime w ellness a nd n utrition principles. S tudents a re e ncouraged to a pply these p rinciples in m aking educated choices t hat promote l ifelong wellness. Students will de monstrate knowledge of nutrition and effective work habits such as cooperation, responsibility, time management and problem solving in the foods laboratory and classroom. T his knowledge will enable s tudents to pursue careers related to hospitality and tourism, e ducation a nd t raining, hum an s ervices a nd he alth s ervices. S tudents w ill b e r esponsible f or purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

IA-9340CT, IB-9342CT, IIA-9344CT, IIB-9346CT Parenting Education for School Age Parents I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 1/2–1 Unit; II 1/2–1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . None

This l aboratory course i s de signed to address t he sp ecial needs and interests of pregnant/parenting teens. Special emphasis is placed on prenatal care and development, postnatal care, child development, infant care, and parenting skills. O ther uni ts of s tudy address personal development, responsible parenthood and adult roles, family problems and crises, conflict resolution, family health issues, nutrition, safety, management, and employability s kills. S tudents a re pr ovided op portunities t o develop the k nowledge a nd skills t o be come successful parents a nd t o pr epare f or managing the multiple r oles of student, parent, f amily member, a nd wage earner. 9622CT, 9624CT Cosmetology I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . I -11; II-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-3, II-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

Cosmetology is a two-year program designed t o teach students the profession of beauty culture. One c lass period i s devoted to classroom work for the s tudy of cosmetology theory. T wo c lass periods each day are devoted to practice in the laboratory to increase e ach student’s manipulative skills. After t wo years the students should have f ulfilled the 1500 –hour r equirement t o take t he Texas D epartment of L icensing a nd Regulation (TDLR) examination to become a l icensed hairstylist. Occupational opportunities are hairstylist, platform artist, wig stylist, manicurist, makeup artist, manager of beauty a supply firm or beauty salon, owner of be auty s alon, and color t echnician. S tudents a re r esponsible for the cost of m aterials u sed in projects associated w ith the v ocational or ganization S killsUSA. S tudents e nrolled in Cosmetology I a nd I I a re responsible f or the r equired s upplies pe rtaining t o the pr ogram. O nce t he required hou rs a re m et, TDLR requires a written exam fee of approximately $60.00 and a practical exam fee of $80.00. The written exam must be passed before applying for the practical exam. Students eligible for the exam are responsible for all exam fees. Cosmetology II students are required to enroll in an 8th period class (Problems and Solutions) to meet the required state hours. In ordered to be accepted to Cosmetology II a student must have a minimum of 430 hours and

must successfully pass the Cosmetology I course.

9626CT Problems and Solutions in Cosmetology

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Cosmetology I and Additional Req . . . . . . .Concurrent Enrollment in Cosmetology II

Approval Process

This course is a lab-based learning experience developed to enhance Cosmetology II. This course provides opportunities f or an in-depth s tudy of c osmetology a nd pr actices associated in the field. S tudents w ill b e required to enroll i n this c lass a s an 8th period t o m eet t he state’s hou r requirements. This cou rse w ill b e scheduled after r egular s chool hours du ring t he week t o meet the required s tate h ours. Students are responsible for transportation home after-school.

The following programs of study are available within the Information Technology cluster:

• Information Support and Services • Interactive Media • Programming and Software Development • Network Systems

Interactive Media

9146CT Digital and Interactive Media

Grade Placement . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . .Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing and Approval Process or

In t his course s tudents will develop proficiencies in designing, importing, and manipulating advanced text, graphics a nd a udio us ed in pr esentation m anagement, m ultimedia pr oductions, publ ishing s ystems, w eb design, and emerging technologies. S tudents will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

9147CT Web Technologies

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing and Approval Process or

Through the study of web technologies and design, students create web sites based on the needs of a client. The s tudent researches l egal and copyright issues, hardware and software, connectivity i ssues and security protocols to make professional web pages. Students are expected to plan, create and maintain web sites with appropriate graphics, content, video and programming elements. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

Programming and Software Development

9148CT Computer Programming

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces b eginning pr ogramming. S tudent w ill a pply a n a lgorithmic a pproach ( program execution, testing, debugging, and data storage) to problem solving and program design using an appropriate programming l anguage. E mphasis i s p laced on p rogramming pr oblem identification and solving. S tudents will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Network Systems

9644CT Computer Maintenance

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students l earn t he p rinciples o f c omputer m aintenance, i ncluding c omputer ha rdware a nd br oad l evel components r elated t o the i nstallation, d iagnosis, s ervice, and r epair o f c omputer s ystems a nd electrical/electronic theory. T o p repare for s uccess, s tudents w ill ha ve t he opp ortunities t o build pe rsonal computers and troubleshoot common maintenance problems. Students may have the opportunity to take the CompTIA A+ certification test. 9647CT Internetworking Technologies I

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods per semester) (Fall) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

This course i s de signed to de velop t he s kills ne eded t o design, bui ld and maintain s mall t o medium-sized networks. In a lab setting that corresponds to the real world, students utilize the bui lding blocks of today’s global information technologies to design small to medium-sized local area networks. The course focuses on network f undamentals a nd pr otocols, ne twork t heory, s tructured cabling, a nd the c onfiguration of r outers, wireless e quipment, and PCs. T his high-tech learning e nvironment pr ovides students t he knowledge a nd experience to enter the workforce and/or further their education and training in the computer networking field. This course is the first part of t he Cisco Networking Academy Program that can lead to industry recognized certifications: the Cisco Certified Entry N etwork Technician (CCENT) and the Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA). Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9651CT Internetworking Technologies II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods per semester)(Spring) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Internetworking Technologies I

and Approval Process This course i s the second part o f t he C isco Networking Academy P rogram. It focuses on switching, basic network security, LAN design, WAN design, and exploration of advanced routing protocols. This high-tech learning environment provides students the knowledge and experience to enter the workforce and/or further their e ducation a nd t raining i n t he c omputer ne tworking f ield. S uccessful c ompletion of I nternetworking Technologies I and II will prepare the student to take the Cisco Certified Networking Associate examination. Upon pa ssing t he C CNA e xam, t he s tudent w ill have a ne twork c ertification t hat i s r ecognized by t he information technology i ndustry a nd bus inesses around t he w orld. Students will r eceive advanced grade points for this course.

9149CT Research in Information Technology Solutions

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in Information

Technology cluster andA s tudent w ill gain a dvanced knowledge and skills in t he a pplication, design, production, implementation, maintenance, evaluation and assessment of products, services and systems. Analytical skills and application of i nformation technology conc epts an d standards ar e es sential to prepare st udents f or success i n a technology-driven society. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

Approval Process

9180CT Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and Approval Process

A pr oject-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that i s developed by t he s tudent a nd supervised by t he t eacher and a pro fessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business, finance, and information technology career clusters. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a pr ofessional qua lity project to a n a ppropriate a udience. The p roject s hall be judged by a pa nel o f professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students may be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the ad vanced measures for t he D istinguished A chievement Program. Students will re ceive ad vanced grade points for this class. 9680CT Problems and Solutions in Trade & Industrial Education

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A pr oject-based l earning e xperience de veloped by a s tudent or g roup of s tudents, t eacher a nd a n interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of a n i ndustry i n t he t rade and i ndustrial p rogram a rea. T he s tudent or g roup de monstrates t he a bility t o utilize a v ariety o f r esources, advanced t echnology, and communication sk ills i n t he d evelopment a nd presentation of a project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures. Students will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security cluster:

• Correction Services • Emergency and Fire Management Services • Law Enforcement Services • Legal Services • Security and Protective Services •

9632CT Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Course cannot be taken concurrently with Law Enforcement I

This course introduces s tudents t o pr ofessions i n l aw e nforcement, fire a nd e mergency management services, security and corrections. Students will examine the roles and responsibilities of police, courts, corrections, private security, and protective agencies of fire and emergency services. The course provides students with an overview of the skills necessary for careers in law enforcement, fire service, security and corrections.

9630CT Law Enforcement I

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Course can not be t aken con currently with Principles of L aw, P ublic S afety,

Corrections and Security

This c ourse i s a n ov erview of t he hi story, or ganization a nd f unctions of l ocal, s tate a nd f ederal l aw enforcement. This cou rse includes the r ole o f cons titutional l aw, the U nited States l egal sy stem, the classification and elements of crime, criminal law and law enforcement terminology.

9631CT Formerly Emergency Communications Law Enforcement II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I

This course provides the knowledge and skills necessary to prepare for a career in law enforcement. This course i ncludes t he ethical and l egal responsibilities, operation of p olice a nd e mergency telecommunication equipment and courtroom t estimony. Students may be able to obtain an entry l evel Emergency T elecommunications c ertification. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or pur chasing materials o r assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 9633CT Correctional Services

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I or

In this course students begin the preparation for certification required for employment as a correctional officer. The student will learn the role and responsibilities of a correctional officer, discuss relevant rules, regulations and laws. The student will become f amiliar with defensive t actics, restraint techniques and first ai d procedures a s us ed in t he co rrectional setting. The s tudent w ill a nalyze r ehabilitation and alternatives to institutionalization. The certification test is not administered in this course.

Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security

9634CT Formerly Courts and Criminal Procedures Court Systems and Practices

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I

This course is an overview of the federal a nd state cour t systems. The co urse i dentifies t he roles of judicial officers, reviews trial processes from pretrial to sentencing and examines the types and rules of evidence. Emphasis is placed on constitutional laws for criminal procedures such as search and seizure, stop and frisk and interrogation.

9635CT Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I and

This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plan.

Approval Process

This course uses a structured and scientific approach to the investigation of crimes of assault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. Students will learn t erminology a nd i nvestigative pro cedures r elated to crime scene , questioning, interviewing, criminal behavior characteristics, truth detection, and scientific procedures used t o solve c rimes. Using scientific methods, students will collect and analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science. Incoming 9th graders of 2011-2012 will receive advanced grade points for this course.

MILITARY SCIENCE

1901, 1902, 1903, 1904 JROTC 1-4

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval of Instructor

The m ission of A ir F orce Junior R OTC ( AFJROTC) i s t o "develop citizens of cha racter de dicated to serving t heir na tion a nd community". T he g oal o f the p rogram i s t o i nstill i n hi gh s chool c adets the values of citizenship, service to the United States, personal responsibility, and a sense of accomplishment. The program educates and trains high school cadets in citizenship, promotes community service, instills responsibility, character, and self-discipline. AFJROTC is a four-year program for high school students. It i s a ba lance of st udy that is 40% Aerospace Science, 40% Leadership Education, and 20% Wellness Education.

• Aerospace Science 100: A Journey Into Aviation History JROTC 1 (1901)

This is an aviation course focusing on the development of flight throughout the centuries. • Leadership Education 100: Citizenship, Character , and Air Force Tradition

This course introduces cadets to the AFJROTC program providing a basis for progression through the rest of the AFJROTC program while instilling elements of good citizenship.

• Leadership Education 500: Dr ill and Ceremonies This course provides an in-depth introduction to drill and ceremonies.

• Wellness Education This is an official and integral part of A FJROTC. It consists of two exercise programs focused upon individual b ase l ine improvements w ith t he g oal o f achieving a na tional standard as calculated by age and gender.

• Aerospace Science 200: The Science of Flight: A Gateway to New Hor izons JROTC 2 & 3 (1902, 1903)

This is a science course designed to acquaint the student with the aerospace environment, the human requirements of flight, principles of aircraft flight, and principles of navigation.

• Aerospace Science 220: Cultural Studies: An Introduction to Global Awareness Introduces students to the world's cultures through the study of world affairs, regional studies and cultural awareness.

• Aerospace Science 300: Explor ing Space: The High Frontier Includes the latest information available in space science and space exploration. The course covers the human aspect of spaceflight, focusing on the human experience in space.

• Leadership Education 200: Communication, Awareness, and Leadership The course stresses communication skills, and cadet corps activities.

• Leadership Education 300: Life Skills and Career Opportunities Provides information that will be helpful to students deciding which path to take after high school.

• Leadership Education 500: Dr ill and Ceremonies. Note explanation in Course 1901. • Wellness Education: Note explanation in Course 1901.

• Aerospace Science 400: Management of the Cadet Corps JROTC 4 (1904)

Cadets manage the entire corps during their 4th year in JROTC. This hands-on experience affords t he c adets t he opp ortunity to put t he t heories of previous l eadership courses into practice.

• Aerospace Science 410: Survival: Survive--Return Instruction provides training in skills, knowledge, and attitudes ne cessary t o successfully perform fundamental tasks needed for survival.

• Leadership Education 400: Pr inciples of Management Provides exposure to the fundamentals of management.

• Leadership Education 500: Dr ill and Ceremonies. Note explanation in Course 1901. • Wellness Education: Note explanation in Course 1901. • Optional - Aerospace Science 500: Aviation Honors Ground School Program

Material covered is an a dvanced, m ore i n-depth s tudy of previous a erospace t opics. T he course is the foundation for students interested in earning a private pilot's license.

The following programs of study are available within the Manufacturing cluster:

• Health, Safety and Environmental Assurance • Logistics and Inventory Control • Maintenance, Installation and Repair • Manufacturing Production Process Development • Production • Quality Assurance

9658CT Principles of Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In t his c ourse, students gain k nowledge a nd s kills i n the application, d esign, pr oduction a nd assessment of products, services and systems. Student will explore the various fields in metalworking and w ill r eceive e xperience i n t he us e o f pr ecision and non -precision tools as t hey l earn the basic operations of manufacturing. S tudents will be involved in the problem solving process, safety with hand tools and power tools, familiarization of different welding and machining techniques. S pecial attention will be given to the various careers available in the machine shop and welding industries. Klein Forest HS will emphasize machining and Klein Oak HS will emphasize welding.

9662CT Precision Metal Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

Precision Metal Manufacturing is a two-year program which prepares students to enter the workforce in the machine t rades industry. S tudents will learn manual machining operations on the lathe, mill, and dr ill press. Instruction will include practices in work habits, career goals, blueprint reading, mathematics, measurement, and safety. Machine practices learned will include CNC, cutting, and heat treating. This course is only offered at Klein Forest High School.

9666CT Advanced Precision Metal Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Precision Metal Manufacturing and

This course will provide students with advanced knowledge of computer numerical controlled (CNC) machining. I n addition to learning Mastercam programming and operation, the s tudents will learn Level 2 of milling and operating the lathe. S tudents will learn to write programs without the use of CAD, design projects and develop machine setup techniques. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

Approval Process

5664CT CTED Welding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program prepares special needs students to be skilled workers and to understand, perform and supervise o r inspect a w ide v ariety of w elding pr ocesses. These p rocesses include g as w elding, brazing, f lame c utting, plasma cut ting, shielded metal ar c w elding and resistance w elding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and f lux core welding will a lso be explored. S tudents will d evelop a basic u nderstanding of de sign f or w elding f abrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of various types welding. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

9668CT Form I Welding

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

This tw o-year pr ogram pr epares s tudents to be skilled w orkers a nd to und erstand, pe rform a nd supervise o r inspect a w ide v ariety of welding pr ocesses. These p rocesses include g as w elding, brazing, flame cut ting, plasma cut ting, shielded metal ar c w elding and resistance w elding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and f lux core welding will a lso be explored. S tudents will d evelop a basic u nderstanding of de sign f or w elding f abrication, an understanding of t he c ost and e conomics of v arious types w elding. S tudents a re i ntroduced t o t he methods of nond estructive a nd d estructive i nspection of w elds a nd w elded products. S tudents w ill also d evelop math a nd problem s olving s kills u sed in t he w elding f ield. The n ationally a ccredited CONTREN l earning s eries, a pproved by t he N ational C enter f or C onstruction E ducation a nd Research and the A ssociated Builders a nd Contractors, g reater H ouston c hapter i s a s upplemental curriculum resource for this course. This class meets for two periods each school day at Klein Oak High S chool. A WS c ertification i s a vailable upon pa ssing of S tructural S teel D 1.1 codebook. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9670CT Advanced Welding

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Welding and

The advanced w elding program prepares students to be skilled workers and to understand, p erform and supervise or inspect a wide variety of w elding processes. These include gas welding, flame cutting, plasma cutting, arc gouging, shielded metal arc welding, gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and f lux core welding. Students will develop a basic understanding of design for welding fabrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of welding of various types. Also introduced are the methods of nondestructive and destructive inspection of welds and welded products and an understanding of auxiliary equipment used in the process, such as jigs, fixtures, and tools and equipment related to welding. Students will develop math skills and problem solving skills used in the welding f ield. The nationally accredited CONTREN learning series, approved by t he N ational Center F or C onstruction E ducation & R esearch a nd t he A ssociated B uilders & Contractors, greater Houston chapter, is the co curriculum for instruction in the course. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Oak High School. AWS certification is available upon passing of Structural Steel D1.1 codebook. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9680CT Problems and Solutions in Trade & Industrial Education

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A project-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that is developed by the student a nd supervised by t he t eacher a nd a pr ofessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of Trade & Industrial Education. The student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct in-depth research through the utilization of a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a professional quality project to an appropriate audience. The project shall be judged by a panel of professionals in the field that is the focus of the p roject. Students may be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the advanced measures for the Distinguished Achievement Program. Students will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Marketing, Sales and Service cluster:

• Buying and Merchandising • Distribution and Logistics • E-Marketing • Marketing Communications and Promotion • Marketing Information Management and Research • Management and Entrepreneurship • Professional Sales and Marketing

9166CT Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students w ill pa rticipate in a ctivities w hich f ocus o n bus iness ownership, bu siness a nd p ersonal finance, global e conomies, bus iness ope rations and a dvertising. T he c ourse allows s tudents to b e i nvolved w ith a variety of a ctivities s uch as r unning a bus iness, evaluating l eadership s tyles, pr oblem s olving, bus iness setting, marketing, and finance.

9588CT Sports and Entertainment Marketing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will provide students with a thorough understanding of the marketing concepts and theories that apply t o sports, sporting e vents and entertainment. Students investigate ba sic m arketing, licensing, target marketing, s ponsorship, e vent m arketing, pr omotions, a nd i mplementation o f s ports a nd e ntertainment marketing c ampaigns. T his course w ill a lso p rovide a n o pportunity t o de velop v arious m arketing a nd business plans, evaluation and management tools, sponsorship proposals and endorsement contracts.

9592CT Retailing and E-Tailing

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will focus on the retail phase of marketing and career planning, credit, merchandising math, control and pl anning, retail s afety a nd s ecurity, s elling, e ntrepreneurship a nd p romotion. S tudents w ill have t he opportunity to develop skills that involve electronic media techniques necessary for a business to compete in a global economy.

9595CT Advertising and Sales Promotion

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to be a comprehensive introduction to advertising. Students will learn techniques used in current advertising, including print, broadcast, and digital media. Students will explore the social, ethical, and legal i ssues of adv ertising, historical influences, strategies, and media de cision process. The cou rse provides an overview of how communication tools can be used to reach target audiences and why we buy what we buy.

9594CT Entrepreneurship

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. A primary focus of the course is to he lp students und erstand t he p rocess o f a nalyzing a bus iness oppo rtunity, pr eparing a bus iness p lan, determining f easibility of an i dea us ing r esearch, a nd de veloping a s trategy t o or ganize a nd promote t he business and its products and/or services. 9590CT Fashion Marketing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to provide students with knowledge of the various business functions in the fashion industry. Students will explain the importance of fashion; demonstrate knowledge of fashion history and how it relates to today’s fashion, along with distinguishing among terms used in the industry. Students will gain a working knowledge of promotion, textiles, merchandising, pricing, selling, visual merchandising, and career opportunities in the fashion industry.

9596CT-3 hr; 9597CT-2 hr Marketing Dynamics (Career Preparation) course description below in Practicum

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and

Security Card)

valid work documentation (such as a Social

and

Approval Process

9598CT-3 hr; 9599CT-2 hr Practicum in Marketing Dynamics (Career Preparation II)

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .Marketing Dynamics and 16 years of age and valid work

documentation (such as a Social Security Card) and

Approval Process

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students are expected to be enrolled in the career preparation program the entire school year and must have reliable transportation to/from the training site each day. A student not employed at an approved training s tation prior to t he ni nth da y of s chool s hall ha ve a s chedule c hange removing hi m/her f rom t he Career Preparation pr ogram. The st udent w ill receive an employer ev aluation each grading pe riod as o ne component of the six week average. Students gain knowledge and s kills t o he lp them be pr oficient i n one o r more of t he marketing f unctional areas associated with distribution, financing, marketing information management, pricing, product planning, promotion, purchasing, risk management and selling skills. Students will seek e mployment in marketing occupational areas related to apparel and accessories, banking, food marketing, automotive retailing, general merchandising, r etailing, p romotion, international m arketing, t ravel a nd t ourism, w holesaling/warehousing, and personal services marketing. Classroom activities will correlate with work-based experiences.

• Students w ho p lan on f ocusing on an o ccupation in t he c ommunications a nd media, construction a nd m aintenance, e lectrical a nd e lectronics, industrial a nd m anufacturing, s afety a nd security, m etal technology, a utomotive/transportation, a griculture and agribusiness; ho rticulture, animal management, child care, food and beverage industry, f loral design, housing and property management, hom e f urnishings, a nd ho spitality s ervices, business m anagement, f inance a nd information technology or ot her s pecialty a reas should e nroll i n t he Career Preparation ( 9676CT, 9677CT) course. Details for this career preparation course may be found in the “All CTE Clusters” section located in this booklet.

Special Note - There are two Career Preparation courses:

• For a dditional i nformation concerning car eer p reparation programs, please see t he campus CTE counselor.

The following programs of study are available within the Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics cluster:

• Engineering and Technology • Science and Math

9470CT Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Strong Mathematics skills

This is an introductory level class for students considering a c areer in engineering or ar chitecture. Students will use a variety of computer hardware and software applications used in the engineering and architectural fields. Emphasis will be placed on introduction to drafting through the use of AutoCAD and Inventor as well as introductory l evel computer assisted design and manufacturing t hrough the use of CAD/CAM software. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9474CT Engineering Design and Presentation

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

This is a l aboratory cour se f or s tudents con sidering a ca reer in engineering. Students w ill us e m ultiple software applications to produce and present working drawings, solid model renderings, a nd prototypes. Students w ill t ransfer adv anced academic sk ills t o component de signs. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9638CT Electronics

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students enrolled in this c ourse w ill de monstrate k nowledge a nd applications o f c ircuits, electronic measurement, a nd e lectronic implementation. Through us e o f t he d esign pr ocess, s tudents w ill transfer academic skills to component designs in a project-based environment. Students will use a variety of computer hardware a nd s oftware a pplications t o c omplete a ssignments a nd pr ojects. A dditionally, s tudents e xplore career opportunities, employer expectations, and educational needs in the electronics industry. Students may be eligible to take an industry standard certification test. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9480CT Problems and Solutions in STEM

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

Engineering Design & Presentation and OR

Approval Process

Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and Robotics andA project-based course for st udents to research a real-world pr oblem that is developed by the student a nd supervised by t he t eacher and a pro fessional m entor pa nel. The ori ginal r esearch project p rovides opportunities f or an i n-depth s tudy of at least one a spect o f the Science, T echnology, Mathematics, & Engineering ( STEM) career c luster. T he student shall demonstrate the ability to conduct i n-depth research through t he utilization of a v ariety of r esources, advanced technology, and communication skills i n the development and presentation of a professional quality project to an appropriate audience. The project shall be judged by a panel of professionals in the field that is the focus of the project. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the advanced measures for the Distinguished Achievement Program. Students will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

9639CT Advanced Electronics

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Electronics

Students e nrolled i n this c ontinuation c ourse w ill de monstrate k nowledge a nd a pplication of advanced circuits, electrical m easurement, and electrical i mplementation used in the el ectronics and computer industries. Through use of the design process, students will transfer advanced academic skills to component designs i n a pro ject-based e nvironment. A dditionally, s tudents e xplore c areer oppor tunities, e mployer expectations, a nd educational ne eds in t he i ndustry. S tudents may be e ligible to t ake an industry st andard certification test. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or a ssessed a fee associated with this course.

9641CT Robotics and Automation

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Electronics I or Concepts of Engineering & Architectural

Technology andStudents enrolled in this course w ill de monstrate k nowledge and sk ills n ecessary f or the robotics a nd automation industry. Through implementation of the design process, students will transfer advanced academic skills to component designs in a project-based environment. Students will build prototypes or use simulation software to test their designs. Additionally, students explore career opportunities, employer expectation, and education needs in the robotic and automation industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Transportation, Distribution and Logistics cluster:

• Facility and Mobile Equipment Maintenance • Health, Safety and Environmental Management • Logistics Planning and Management Services • Sales and Service • Transportation Operations • Transportation Systems/Infrastructure Planning, Management and Regulation

9610CT Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This sem ester cou rse w ill identify ent ry-level s kills i n the a utomotive indus try w hile e xploring ind ividual employability. Emphasis i s on various s afety/ethical conc epts and skills associated with the automotive services i ndustry. T opics w ill include i ndustry s afety s tandards, identification a nd us e of tools, and understanding of major automotive components and maintenance. Classroom instruction will be enhanced by limited shop demonstration. 9612CT Automotive Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process Recommended Prereq . . . .Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems Seniors will be accepted if space is available

This sequential t wo-year pr ogram i s de signed to t rain s tudents through c lassroom i nstruction, interactive computer application, and lab/task experiences. Automotive s tudents will be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Students will demonstrate knowledge of t he concepts and skills related t o t he f ollowing N ATEF c ertified a utomotive a reas: ( 1) B rakes, ( 2) S teering a nd S uspension, ( 3) Electrical and Electronic Systems, and (4) Engine Performance. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety. 5662CT CTED Automotive Technology, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides automotive repair t raining for special needs students t hrough c lassroom instruction, interactive c omputer a pplication, a nd l ab/task experiences. A utomotive students w ill be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

9614CT Advanced Automotive Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Automotive Technology and

This course is a continuation of Automotive Technology and is designed to train students through classroom instruction, interactive c omputer a pplication, a nd lab/task e xperiences. A utomotive s tudents w ill be t aught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Students will demonstrate knowledge of the concepts and skills related to the following NATEF certified automotive areas: (1) Brakes, (2) Steering and S uspension, (3) E lectrical a nd E lectronic S ystems, a nd ( 4) E ngine P erformance. S pecial e mphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety.

Approval Process

9672CT Small Engine Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This two year program is designed to provide training for entry-level employment in the air and liquid cooled engine technology industry. Skills developed include knowledge of the function, limited diagnosis and service of the systems and components of all types of lawn care equipment and irrigation engines. Instruction consists of repairing and servicing cooling systems, air cleaners, fuel systems, lubricating systems, and starter/ignition systems. In a ddition, s tudents will r eceive i nstruction in safety, academic, leadership skills and career opportunities. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Oak High schools.

9674CT Advanced Small Engine Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Small Engine Technology and

This is the final c ourse o f t he two year p rogram i n small g as eng ines. Instruction will include adv anced knowledge of the f unction, diagnosis, a nd s ervice of the sy stems and components o f a ll types o f lawn equipment, motorcycle, marine engines, and irrigation engines. This course is designed to provide advanced training for employment in the small engine technology industry. Instruction includes the repair and service of cooling sy stems, fuel sy stems, lubrication systems, electrical/ignition systems, and mechanical sy stems. In addition, the student will receive instruction in safety, academic, leadership sk ills and career opportunities. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Oak High schools.

Approval Process

I (1 hr-5626CT), (2 hr-5624CT); II (1 hr-5630CT) (2 hr-5628CT) CTED Small Engine Technology, Advanced Small Engine Technology, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This pr ogram prov ides st udents w ith employment sk ills that ar e t ransferable and immediately us eful. Instructional areas include small engine repair, engine tune-up, minor automotive maintenance and welding. Classes meet for two periods or one period each school day at Klein High School and one period each day at Klein Oak High School. This course may be taken for more than one year - up to four years.

Overview

Career and Technical Education Courses by Career Cluster

Principles of Ag, Food & Nat’l Res Problems & Solutions in AFNR Professional Standards in Agribusiness Forestry & Woodland Ecosystems Wildlife, Fisheries, & Ecology Mgt. Range Ecology & Mgt. Horticultural Science Landscape Design & Turf Grass Mgt. Principles of Floral Design Practicum in Horticulture Science, II Advanced Plant & Soil Career Prep

CTED Horticulture Agricultural Mechanics &

Metal Technologies Agricultural Facilities &

Design Practicum in Ag Mechanics Food Tech & Safety Science Livestock Production Small Animal Management Advanced Animal Science Equine Science Veterinary Medical Apps Practicum for Vet Med Asst

Problems & Solutions Architecture Construction

Architectural Design Construction Management Interior Design Principles of Construction CTED Principles of Construction Construction Technology Advanced Construction Technology Career Prep

Career Prep Problems & Solutions Art/AV Com Animation I Fashion Design Advanced Fashion Design Professional Communications Career Prep

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance Touch System Data Entry CTED Touch System Data Entry Business Information Management I CTED Bus Info Mgmt I Business Information Management II Business Law Virtual Business Global Business Human Resources Management Prob & Solutions in Bus, Finance & IT Career Prep

Instructional Practices in Education & Training

Practicum in Education & Training

Career Prep

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance Money Matters CTED Money Matters Accounting I Accounting II Securities and Investments Financial Analysis Insurance Operations Prob & Solution in Bus, Finance & IT Career Prep

Principles of Health Science Health Science Problems & Solutions in Health

Science - CNA Problem and Solutions in Health

Science – Cert Pharm Tech Practicum in Health Science EMT Medical Terminology Anatomy & Physiology Career Prep

Culinary Arts Practicum in Culinary Arts CTED Culinary Arts Hotel Management Hospitality Services Practicum in Hospitality Services &

Tourism Career Prep

Principles of Human Services Child Development Child Guidance Practicum in Human Services CTED Principles of Human Ser Interpersonal Studies Lifetime Nutrition and

Wellness Parenting Ed School Age

Parents I,II Cosmetology I, II Prob & Solution Cosmetology

Digital and Interactive Media Web Technologies Computer Maintenance Internetworking Technologies I Internetworking Technologies II Computer Programming Research in Information Tech

Solutions Prob & Solution in Bus, Finance & IT Business Education Career Prep I, II Problems and Solutions in T & I

Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections & Security

Law Enforcement I Law Enforcement II Correctional Services Court Systems & Practices Forensic Science Career Prep

Principles of Manufacturing Precision Metal Manufacturing Advanced Precision Metal

Manufacturing Welding Advanced Welding Problems and Solutions in T & I CTED Welding Career Prep

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance

Sports & Entertainment Mktg Fashion Marketing Retailing & E-tailing Advertising & Sales Promotion Entrepreneurship Marketing Dynamics Practicum in Mktg Dynamics

Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

Engineering Design and Presentation Problems & Solutions in STEM Electronics Adv Electronics Robotics & Automation Career Prep

Energy, Power, & Transportation Systems

Automotive Technology Advanced Automotive Technology CTED Automotive Technology Small Engine Technology Advanced Small Engine Tech CTED Small Engine Technology Career Prep

Career and Technical Education Courses for Students with Disabilities (CTED)

5662CT CTED Automotive Technology, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides automotive repair t raining for special needs students t hrough c lassroom instruction, interactive c omputer a pplication, a nd l ab/task experiences. A utomotive students w ill be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

I (1 hr-5626CT), (2 hr-5624CT); II (1 hr-5630CT) (2 hr-5628CT) CTED Small Engine Technology, Advanced Small Engine Technology, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This pr ogram prov ides st udents w ith employment sk ills that ar e t ransferable and immediately us eful. Instructional areas include small engine repair, engine tune-up, minor automotive maintenance and welding. Classes meet for two periods or one period each school day at Klein High School and one period each day at Klein Oak High School. This course may be taken for more than one year - up to four years.

5620CT, 5622CT CTED Culinary Arts, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of the ARD committee

This course prepares developmentally handicapped and other special needs students for gainful employment. Areas covered include safety, sanitation, quantity food preparation, use and care of commercial food preparation equipment, housekeeping skills, and preparation for job placement. This course is offered at Klein High school. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

5636CT CTED Touch System Data Entry, Career & Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides keyboarding skills for students with special needs. This course will train students t o create d ocuments a nd i nput da ta us ing t he “touch s ystem” of k eyboarding. E mphasis i s pl aced on s tudent accuracy, speed and production of business documents using the touch system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

5660CT CTED Principles of Construction, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides construction career information for the special needs students. The course is designed to familiarize s tudents w ith i ntroductory s kills a nd a basic understanding of c areer oppor tunities a nd training requirements i n f our fundamental c areer cl usters r elated t o con struction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting, decorating, and plumbing/pipefitting. S tudents will discuss entrepreneurship, safety and leadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School. 5640CT CTED Money Matters, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

Students di scover ne w w ays t o maximize t heir e arning pot ential, de velop s trategies f or m anaging t heir resources, e xplore s kills f or t he w ise us e of c redit, a nd g ain i nsight i nto the di fferent w ays of i nvesting money. Students will discuss current trends and issues consumers face in today’s marketplace.

5645CT CTED Principles of Human Services, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This comprehensive l aboratory course p rovides the k nowledge and sk ills related to personal hum an development for t he special ne eds students. I t will enable students to investigate careers in the human services c areer cluster, including e arly c hildhood development, f amily a nd c ommunity, mental he alth and personal care services. Content includes decision-making, positive relationships, child development, nutrition and food production, finance, and personal grooming as it relates to personal and professional settings.

5638CT CTED Business Information Management I, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 - 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or CTED Touch System Data Entry or

This co urse prov ides com puter sk ills f or t he spe cial ne eds st udents. In this course st udents w ill apply technical sk ills to pe rsonal o r bu siness s ituations f ocusing on w ord processing, spreadsheets, databases, desktop publ ishing, pr esentation m anagement, ope rating s ystems a nd e merging t echnologies. T his c ourse provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed to m ake a s uccessful transition t o the w orkforce a nd pos tsecondary e ducation. S tudents w ill b e responsible for purchasing materials or a ssessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year—up to four years.

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee

5632CT, 5634CT CTED Practicum in Horticulture Science I, II, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A laboratory course designed to develop entry-level employment skills in horticultural related careers for special needs students. A laboratory-oriented course designed to develop skills in the various technical areas of the horticulture industry. The major focus is preparing individuals to perform horticulture related skills. The course emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop production. Instruction will include information on career opportunities, leadership activities, and recordkeeping practices related to the horticulture industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years 5664CT CTED Welding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program prepares special needs students to be skilled workers and to understand, perform and supervise o r inspect a w ide v ariety of w elding pr ocesses. These p rocesses include g as w elding, brazing, flame cut ting, plasma cut ting, shielded metal ar c w elding and resistance w elding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and f lux core welding will a lso be explored. S tudents will d evelop a basic u nderstanding of de sign f or w elding f abrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of various types welding. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor

recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available

in the course descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course Index KEY

:

PR = Pre-requisite required. App = Approval Process Required. The approval process varies by course. The process may be an interest survey and/or instructor/counselor recommendation. Adv = Advanced Grade points available for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available in the course descriptions. $ = Students are responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course

KISD

Course Number

Credit

Grade Other Information

Page

Accounting I 9162CT 1.0

10-12 $

Accounting II 9164CT 1.0 11-12 PR Adv $

Advanced Animal Science 9070CT 1.0 12 PR Adv

Advanced Automotive Technology 9614CT 2.0 12 PR App

Advanced Construction Technology 9620CT 2.0 11-12 PR App

Advanced Electronics 9639CT 2.0 11-12 PR $

Advanced Fashion Design 9358CT 2.0 11-12 PR $

Advanced Plant and Soil Science 9071CT 1.0 12 PR

Advanced Precision Metal Manufacturing 9666CT 2.0 11-12 PR App

Advanced Small Engine Technology 9674CT 2.0 11-12 PR App

Advanced Welding 9670CT 2.0 11-12 PR App $

Advertising and Sales Promotion 9595CT 0.5 10-12

Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication 9082CT 2.0 11-12 PR App $

Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies 9061CT 1.0 10-12 $

Anatomy and Physiology 0493CT 1.0 11-12 PR Adv

Animation I 9476CT 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv $

Architectural Design 9472CT 1.0 10-12 PR $

Automotive Technology 9612CT 2.0 11-12 App

Business Information Management I (BIM I) 9144CT 1.0 9-12 PR $

Business Information Management II (BIM II) 9156CT 1.0 11-12 PR Adv $

Business Law 9173CT 0.5 11-12

Career Preparation I 9676CT 9677CT

2.0 3.0

11-12 PR App

Career Preparation II 9678CT 9679CT

2.0 3.0

12 PR App

Child Development 9335CT 0.5 10-12

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor

recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available

in the course descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course

KISD

Course Number

Credit

Grade Other Information

Page

Child Guidance 9336CT 2.0 11-12 PR App

Computer Maintenance 9644CT 1.0 10-12

Computer Programming 9148CT 1.0 10-12 $

Concepts of Engineering and Architectural Technology 9470CT 1.0 9-12 PR $

Construction Management 9482CT 1.0 11-12 PR App $

Construction Technology 9618CT 2.0 10-12 PR App

Correctional Services 9633CT 0.5 11-12 PR

Cosmetology I 9622CT 3.0 11 App $

Cosmetology II 9624CT 3.0 12 PR App $

Court Systems and Practices 9634CT 0.5 11-12 PR

CTED Advanced Small Engine Technology (1 hr.)

5630CT 1.0 10-12 App

CTED Advanced Small Engine Technology (2 hr.)

5628CT 2.0 10-12 PR App

CTED Automotive Technology 5662CT 2.0 9-12 App

CTED Business Information Management I (BIM I) 5638CT 1.0 9-12 App $

CTED Culinary Arts I 5620CT 2.0 9-12 App $

CTED Culinary Arts II 5622CT 2.0 10-12 App $

CTED Money Matters 5640CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Practicum Horticulture Science I 5632CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Practicum Horticulture Science II 5634CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Principles of Construction 5660CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Principles of Human Services 5645CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Small Engine Technology (1 hr.) 5626CT 1.0 9-12 App

CTED Small Engine Technology (2 hr.) 5624CT 2.0 9-12 App

CTED Touch System Data Entry 5636CT 1.0 9-12 App $

CTED Welding 5664CT 2.0 9-12 App $

Culinary Arts 9350CT 2.0 10-12 PR App $

Digital and Interactive Media 9146CT 1.0 10-12 PR App $

Electronics 9638CT 1.0 10-12 $

Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems 9610CT 0.5 10-12

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor

recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available

in the course descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course

KISD

Course Number

Credit

Grade Other Information

Page

Engineering Design and Presentation 9474CT 1.0 10-12 PR $

Entrepreneurship 9594CT 1.0 11-12

Equine Science 9072CT 0.5 10-12

Fashion Design 9357CT 1.0 10-12 $

Fashion Marketing 9590CT 0.5 10-12

Financial Analysis 9186CT 1.0 11-12 PR Adv

Food Technology and Safety 9067CT 0.5 10-12 $

Forensic Science 9635CT 1.0 12 PR App Adv

Forestry and Woodland Ecosystems 9058CT 0.5 10-12

Global Business 9168CT 0.5 11-12

Health Science 9272CT 2.0 11-12 PR App Adv $

Horticulture Science 9050CT 0.5 10-12

Hospitality Services 9354CT 2.0 11-12 App $

Hotel Management 9353CT 1.0 11-12 App $

Human Resources Management 9181CT 0.5 11-12

Instructional Practices in Education and Training 9333CT 2.0 11-12 PR App $

Insurance Operations 9158CT 0.5 10-12

Interior Design 9360CT 1.0 10-12 $

Internetworking Technologies I 9647CT 1.0 11-12 App Adv

Internetworking Technologies II 9651CT 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv

Interpersonal Studies 9330CT 0.5 10-12

JROTC 1-4 (Military Science) 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904

1.0 9-12 App $

Landscape Design and Turfgrass Management 9051CT 0.5 10-12

Law Enforcement I 9630CT 1.0 10-12

Law Enforcement II 9631CT 1.0 11-12 PR $

Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness 9348CT 0.5 10-12 $

Livestock Production 9069CT 0.5 10-12

Marketing Dynamics 9596CT 9597CT

2.0 3.0

11-12 PR App

Medical Terminology 9278CT 0.5 10-12

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor

recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available

in the course descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course

KISD

Course Number

Credit

Grade Other Information

Page

Military Science (JROTC 1-4) 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904

1.0 9-12 App $

Money Matters 9183CT 0.5 9-11

Parenting Education for School Age Parents I 9340CT 9342CT

0.5 1.0

9-12

Parenting Education for School Age Parents II 9344CT 9346CT

0.5 1.0

10-12

Practicum for Veterinary Medical Assistant 9076CT 2.0 12 PR App Adv $

Practicum in Agricultural Mechanics 9086CT 2.0 12 PR App $

Practicum in Culinary Arts 9352CT 2.0 11-12 PR App $

Practicum in Education and Training 9334CT 2.0 12 PR App $

Practicum in Health Science - EMT 9276CT 2.0 12 PR App Adv $

Practicum in Horticulture Science I 9055CT 2.0 11-12 PR App $

Practicum in Horticulture Science II 9056CT 2.0 12 PR App $

Practicum in Hospitality Services 9356CT 2.0 12 PR App $

Practicum in Human Services 9338CT 2.0 12 PR App

Practicum in Marketing Dynamics 9598CT 9599CT

2.0 3.0

12 PR App

Precision Metal Manufacturing 9662CT 2.0 10-12 App

Principles and Elements of Floral Design 9053CT 1.0 10-12 $

Principles of Agriculture Food, and Natural Resources 9040CT 1.0 9-10

Principles of Business, Marketing and Finance (BMF) 9166CT 0.5 9-11

Principles of Construction 9616CT 0.5 9-12

Principles of Health Science 9270CT 1.0 10-12

Principles of Human Services 9331CT 0.5 9 $

Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections, and Security 9632CT 0.5 9-11

Principles of Manufacturing 9658CT 0.5 9-12

Problems and Solutions in Agriculture, Food, and Natural Resources

9065CT 0.5 - 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv

Problems and Solutions in Architecture and Construction 9478CT 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv $

Problems and Solutions in Arts, A/V Technology & Communications

9479CT 1.0 12 PR App Adv $

Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

9180CT 0.5 - 1.0 12 PR App Adv

Problems and Solutions in Cosmetology 9626CT 1.0 12 PR App

Problems and Solutions in CTE II 9001CT 0.5 - 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor

recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available

in the course descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Course

KISD

Course Number

Credit

Grade Other Information

Page

Problems and Solutions in Health Science – CPhT Certified Pharmacy Technician

9277CT 9277YCT

1.0 12 PR App Adv $

Problems and Solutions in Health Science – CNA Certified Nursing Assistant

9274CT 1.0 12 PR App Adv $

Problems and Solutions in STEM 9480CT 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv $

Problems and Solutions in Trade and Industrial Education 9680CT 1.0 12 PR App

Professional Communications 9700CT 0.5 9-10

Professional Standards in Agribusiness 9044CT 0.5 10-12

Range Ecology and Management 9047CT 0.5 10-12

Research in Information Technology Solutions 9149CT 2.0 12 PR App Adv

Retailing and E-Tailing 9592CT 0.5 9-12

Robotics and Automation 9641CT 1.0 11-12 PR App $

Securities and Investments 9184CT 0.5 10-12

Small Animal Management 9077CT 0.5 10-12

Small Engine Technology 9672CT 2.0 10-12

Sports and Entertainment Marketing 9588CT 0.5 10-12

Touch System Data Entry 9140CT 0.5 9-10 $

Veterinary Medical Applications 9074CT 1.0 11-12 PR App Adv

Virtual Business 9182CT 0.5 10-12 PR $

Web Technologies 9147CT 1.0 11-12 PR App $

Welding 9668CT 2.0 10-12 App $

Wildlife, Fisheries, and Ecology Management 9046CT 0.5 10-12

CTE Courses for Fine Arts Credit

9053CT Principles and Elements of Floral Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine floral design in relation to arrangement of f lowers, foliage, and related plant materials for interior locations. Also incorporates business practices and careers in the floral industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

CTE Courses for Speech Credit 9700CT Professional Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Note: This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement.

This is an activity based career development course in which students will develop an understanding of professional communications through exploration of the career clusters. Students will explore a variety of career options and activities including formal and informal presentations, resume writing, and job interviewing. Students w ill e xhibit pu blic relations s kills, le adership characteristics, knowledge of th e global economy, and information technology applications.

CTE Courses for Science Credit 9071CT Advanced Plant and Soil Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the

Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans. A course designed to study the exploration of principles related to plant production and the management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber. 632CT 5634 9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the

Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans. This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on reproduction, breeding, genetics, anatomy, physiology, nutrition, health, and the marketing and harvesting of domestic livestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9635CT Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I and

This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plan.

Approval Process

This course uses a structured and scientific approach to the investigation of crimes of assault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. Students will learn terminology and investigative pro cedures r elated to crime scene , questioning, interviewing, criminal behavior characteristics, truth detection, and scientific procedures used to solve c rimes. Using scientific methods, students will collect and analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science. Incoming 9t h graders of 2011-2012 will r eceive advanced grade points for this course.

SPECIAL EDUCATION (non state-approved courses may be counted as state-approved only upon ARD committee decision.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSES DEVELOPMENTAL

* Communication Developmental * Daily Living Developmental * Marketing Developmental * Personal Health Developmental * Adapted Physical Education * Language Arts Functional 1, 2, 3, 4

* Mathematics Functional 1, 2, 3, 4 * Job Skills Training Developmental * Reading Functional 1, 2, 3, 4 * Social Skills

RESOURCE * English 1, 2, 3, 4 * English 1R+, 2R, 3R, 4R Double-blocked with Read 180 in Grades 6 & 9 * Reading 1, 2, 3, 4 * Study Skills * Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4 * Guided Studies, Math * Guided Studies, ELA * PASS Social Skills * Science

* Social Skills - Connections * Occupational Preparation

CO-TEACHING/SUPPORT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM AVAILABLE * English 1, 2, 3, 4, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance

* United States History, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * World Geography Studies, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * World History Studies, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * United States Government, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Economics, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Algebra 1, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Mathematical Models with Applications, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Geometry, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Integrated Physics and Chemistry, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Biology 1, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance, Modified * Algebra 1 – Double-blocked with Guided Studies

INDIVIDUAL VOCATIONAL EDUCATION * CB VAC - Development

* VAC Vocational Experience * Job Skills Training Additional state-approved courses available only to special education students are listed below. 5654, 5656 CTED Automotive Technician, Careers and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per Year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith employable s kills, which are imme diately us eful or tr ansferable. Instructional ar eas i nclude s afety, t ool/equipment us age, proper m echanical pr ocedures and practice, electrical r epair pr ocedures a nd e valuation of t he ove rall c ondition of various a utomotive s ystems. Areas evaluated will be cooling systems, fuel systems, brakes, shocks, steering/suspension parts, belts, hoses, batteries, charging and starter systems. Some actual repairs to these areas will be demonstrated to the students. 5638, 5639 CTED Business Computer Information Systems 1, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding or CTED Keyboarding or Pass Proficiency Test;

Recommendation of ARD Committee This c ourse pr ovides c omputer s kills f or t he de velopmentally ha ndicapped a nd ot her s pecial ne eds students. In this course students will apply technology skills to personal or business situations focusing on w ord pr ocessing, s preadsheets, da tabases, de sktop publ ishing, pr esentation m anagement, ope rating systems and emerging technologies. The course provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed for academic, employment and personal use. S tudents are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. This course satisfies the technology applications graduation requirement. 5658 CTED Career Connections, Career and Technology Education For Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides career information for the special needs students. This is an activity-based career orientation course which will link classroom activities, community experiences, and academic education to career choices and real world outcomes. Students will explore a variety of career options and develop an understanding of the relationship between academic skills and potential career goals.

5660 CTED Introduction to Construction Careers, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This c ourse p rovides construction c areer i nformation f or t he s pecial ne eds s tudents. A s emester c ourse designed to familiarize s tudents with introductory skills and a basic understanding of career opportunities and training requirements in four fundamental career clusters related to construction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting and de corating, and pl umbing/pipefitting. Entrepreneurship, s afety and l eadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School. 5620, 5621, 5622 CTED Food Production Management and Services, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This c ourse p repares developmentally ha ndicapped and ot her s pecial ne eds s tudents f or ga inful employment. A reas covered include safety, sanitation, quantity food preparation, housekeeping skills, and preparation for job placement. Classes can meet for one to two periods each school day and may be taken for more than one year – up to four years. 5632, 5634 CTED Horticulture, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A laboratory course designed to develop entry-level employment skills in horticultural related careers. Instruction i ncludes opp ortunities i n hor ticultural oc cupations; pl an c lassification a nd i dentification; structures a nd equipment us ed i n pr oducing greenhouses; or namental a nd nur sery pl ants; greenhouse environment; s oils a nd plant g rowth; de velopment a nd pr opagation of pl ants; f loral a rrangements; landscaping; turf management; horticultural equipment, maintenance, repair and safety; and leadership. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Forest High Schools. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

5636 CTED Keyboarding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides keyboarding skills for students with special needs. The purpose of the keyboarding class is to teach the “touch” keyboarding skill and to teach proper formatting of documents for personal and bus iness us e, t o pr ovide oppor tunities f or s tudents t o a pply t heir keyboarding s kills i n pr actice situations, and to help students achieve their potential in keyboarding speed and accuracy. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 5644 CTED Personal and Family Development, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This c ourse pr ovides pe rsonal a nd f amily d evelopment s kills f or s tudents w ith special ne eds. It is a laboratory c ourse t hat de als w ith know ledge a nd s kills r elated t o pe rsonal de velopment a nd management, promotion of strong families, and preparation for adult roles. Content includes a focus on interpersonal skills; decision-making; promotion of family strengths and well-being; developing positive relationships with pe ers; child development and care; and c lothing selection and maintenance. Other studies address nutrition and dietary practices, food selection and preparation, budgeting and consumer-buying pr actices, and m anagement o f f amily ho using ne eds. Influences of societal and t echnological changes, career options, and the management of multiple family, community, and wage-earner roles are included. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 5637 CTED Recordkeeping Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The course provides recordkeeping skills for the special needs students. This course is designed to develop skills used in everyday business activities a t home and a t work. Included in t his course a re budgets and financial planning, cashiering records, handling of money, and tasks common to simple office procedures. Activities a lso i nclude keeping records i nvolving employees, r eceipts and pa yments, and f inancial papers for a small retail business such as sales slips, purchase invoices, statements of account, tax computations, and pa yroll de duction. S tudents w ill a pply bo okkeeping pr inciples a nd pr ocedures t hrough t he us e of projects a nd/or pr actice s ets t hat s imulate j ob conditions. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or p urchasing materials or as sessed a fee associated with this course. This course is not open t o students who have credit in accounting. 5624, 5626, 5628, 5630 CTED Small Engine Repair, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides students with employment skills which are transferable and immediately useful. Instructional ar eas i nclude s mall en gine r epair, eng ine t une-up, m inor a utomotive m aintenance a nd welding. Classes can meet for one or two periods each school day and may be taken for more than one year - up to four years.

*SPECIAL EDUCATION - LOCAL CREDIT

The following represent the local credit (non state-approved) courses available to students requiring special education. Communication Developmental Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This c ourse i s d esigned to f ocus on assisting s tudents t o us e communication skills a t the ir identified functional level. E mphasis is on a cquisition of daily l iving competencies, needed to achieve personal independence is stressed. Augmentative communication devices are available. Language Arts Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The pur pose of t hese l anguage courses i s t o i ncrease b asic w riting, reading, listening, a nd s peaking skills. E mphasis i s pl aced on t he f unctional a pplication a nd us age of e ach i dentified s kill a nd t he linkage to both present and future lifetime needs. Employability and personal skills are the focus of this course. Reading Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The purposes of these courses are to increase survival, functional, leisure, work related reading skills for students with developmental disabilities.

Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4 Resource, AB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The pu rpose of t hese c ourses i s t o de velop a nd/or i ncrease ba sic co mpetence w ith mathematical operations, num bers, t heir pr operties a nd t heir u ses. E mphasis w ill a lso be pl aced on m easurement concepts and s kills us ing m etric a nd c ustomary uni ts a s w ell a s de veloping pr oblem s olving s kills. Employability mathematics is stressed in each course.

Math Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

These cou rses a re de signed t o d evelop a nd/or i ncrease e veryday m ath s kills f or s tudents w ith developmental di sabilities. E mphasis w ill be pl aced on life s kill le arning in the areas of basic operations, time management, measurement and money skills.

Job Skills Training Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This c ourse pr ovides s tudents w ith de velopmental de lays t he oppor tunity t o a cquire entry-level vocational skills: t ask c ompletion, f ollowing di rections, f ollowing s equence o f r equired t asks, e tc. Practice work experience is provided with the school setting in the area of: housekeeping, maintenance, simple business tasks, entry food service and maintenance of food preparation and serving facilities, and other skill areas. S tudent is supervised throughout these entry-level vocational tasks. C lasses meet for one or two periods per day. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

Daily Living Developmental 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 6 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The Daily Living Skills Laboratory provides students with instruction in manners, appearance, household activities, gardening, cooking and sewing. This activity-oriented class places importance on obtaining basic competencies needed to achieve independence in educational outcomes. E mphasis is placed on daily living skills, personal/social skills, occupational competencies, child development, home management, self-care, health, hygiene and safety, as well as independent mobility. Occupational Preparation – Resource, AB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per Course (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course emphasizes job-related information relevant to students interested in entering the world of work. T ime i s spent on investigating and choosing the right career to fit each individual's needs and

strengths. Practice time is given to job interviewing techniques and situations that may occur on the job. Oral and written communication are emphasized Marketing Developmental Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course provides work-simulation centers at which functional skills a re learned and practiced in a business-like atmosphere. S tudents develop work-related skills to include: c ounting, identification of numbers and symbols, measurement, processing work orders, and mobility training. VAC Vocational Experience Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 4 Units; (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age; ARD Committee Placement

Students are eligible for job placement under the supervision of a Vocational Adjustment Coordinator (VAC). T he s tudent may spend part o r all o f a day in a supervised t raining s ituation in construction, industry, retail, trades, automobile work, service occupations, maintenance, office positions, or any other community opportunity related to personal interests and skills. Adapted Physical Education 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

These c ourses a re d esigned t o pr ovide s tudents w ith di sabilities w ith oppor tunity t o pa rticipate i n physical activities and competitive games. Emphasis is given to the development of skills and hobbies in endeavors which may be pursued throughout a lifetime.

Personal Health and Hygiene Developmental 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

Emphasis is placed on development of safe and healthy living practices with increased independence.

Community Based Vocational Instruction (CB6 1-8) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course provides on the j ob exploration, evaluation, and t raining for students with developmental disabilities. Students learn to generalize functional skills from campus to various community job sites. A Job Technician Coach is available to provide assistance and supervision at community job sites.